Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Test Bank: Theory of Accounts
Test Bank: Theory of Accounts
BANK
Theory of
Accounts
Intermediate
Financial Accounting
Part 1A & Part 1B
ZEUS VERNON B.
MILLAN
Chapter 1
Overview of Accounting
Chapter 1: Theory of Accounts
Reviewer Definition of Accounting
1. Accounting has been given various definitions, which of the following is not one of those
definitions
a. Accounting is a service activity. Its function is to provide quantitative information,
primarily
financial in nature, about economic entities that is intended to be useful in making
economic decisions.
b. Accounting is the art of recording, classifying, and summarizing in a significant manner
and
in terms of is
c. Accounting money, transactions
a systematic andofevents
process which obtaining
objectively are, in partand
of at least, of aevidence
evaluating financial
character and
regarding interpreting
assertions theeconomic
about results thereof.
actions and events to ascertain the degree of
correspondence between these assertions and established criteria and communicating the
results to interested users.
d. Accounting is the process of identifying, measuring, and communicating economic
information to permit informed judgment and decisions by users of information.
2. It is the first process used in accounting. It refers to the identification of events as to whether
they are recognized or not in the financial statements.
a. Identifying b. Measuring c. Communicating d. Auditing
Types of Events
4. These events involve changes in the economic resources or obligations of entities involving
other entities but do not involve transfers of resources or obligations
a. External events c. External events other than transfers
b. Non-reciprocal transfers d. Internal events
6. Events in which an entity transfers (or receives) economic resources to (from) another entity
without directly receiving (or giving) value in exchange.
a. External events c. External events other than transfers
b. Non-reciprocal transfers d. Internal events
7. These events result to a sudden or unanticipated loss from fortuitous events.
a. Internal events c. External events other than transfers
b. Non-reciprocal transfers d. Casualty
9. All of the following are events considered as exchange or reciprocal transfer, except
a. purchase of investment in equity securities
b. sale of equipment for non-interest bearing note
c. subscription on the entity’s own equity instrument
d. exchange of a note payable for an account payable
e. borrowing of money from a bank
10. All of the following are events considered as nonreciprocal transfer, except
f. declaration of cash dividends c. payment of accounts payable
g. declaration of stock dividends d. imposition of fines
11. All of the following are events considered as external events other than transfers, except
a. obsolescence c. imposition of fines
b. inflation d. vandalism
12. All of the following are events considered as internal events, except
a. Transfer of goods from work-in-process to finished goods inventory
b. flood, earthquake, fire and other “Acts of God”
c. transformation of biological assets from immature to mature
d. vandalism committed by the entity’s employees
Measuring
18. Asset measurements in conventional financial
statements
a. are confined to historical cost
b. reflect
c. are confined
several to historical
financial cost and current cost
attributes
d. do not reflect output values
(RPCPA)
19. Financial statements are said to be a mixture of fact and opinion. Which of the following
items is factual?
a. cost of goods sold c. discount on capital stock
b.retained earnings d. patent amortization expense
(Adapted)
20. On December 31, 200A, Annod Co. decided to end its operations and dispose its assets within
three months. At December 31, 200A, the carrying amount of an investment property was less
than both its fair value and net realizable value. The fair value is greater than the net
realizable value. What is the appropriate measurement basis for the investment property in
Annod’s December 31, 200A statement of financial position?
a. Historical cost c. Net realizable value
b. Fair value d. Current replacement cost
Communicating
21. These are the principal means through which an entity communicates its financial information
to those outside it.
a. managerial reports c. segment reports
b. financial statements d. directors’ statements
22. The analytical phase of accounting which significantly portrays the liquidity, solvency,
profitability of a business
a. interpreting c. summarizing
b. recording d.
(RPCPA) classification
Basic purpose
23. The basic purpose of accounting
is a. to provide information useful in making economic decisions
b. to provide information useful only for investors
c. to provide information regarding the economic resources controlled by an entity
d. to provide business owners, politicians, and other government officials an opportunity to
evade taxes
24. One objective of financial reporting is to provide information useful in assessing the amounts,
timing, and uncertainty of future cash flows. In regards to this objective, which of the
following is (are) correct?
I. The emphasis on “assessing cash flow prospects” means that the cash basis is preferred
over the accrual basis of accounting.
II. Information based on accrual accounting generally better indicates an entity’s present and
continuing ability to generate favorable cash flows than does information limited to the
financial effects of cash receipts and payments.
a. I only b. II only c. I and II d. neither I nor II
28. The function of measuring and reporting information to absentee investors is called
the:a. Accounting c. Auditing function
function
b. Stewardship function d. Management function
(AICPA)
29. The following relate to financial reporting. Choose the correct statement(s).
I. Since financial statements are historical, they are of little use in making decisions about
the future.
II. Financial accounting is based on the presumption that all statement users need the same
information.
III Financial accounting is expressly designed to measure directly the value of a business
. enterprise.
a. I, III b. II, III c. II only d. None (RPCPA)
31. Apart from the monetary impact, factors of decision making include:
a. personal taste c. environmental factors
b.social factors d. all of these
(Adapted)
39. A business that operates to earn money for its owners is called a(n)
a. economic entity c. professional organization
b. for-profit business d. owner financed business
(Adapted)
43. Those who transform ideas for products or services into real-world businesses are known as
a. profit takers b. accountants c. entrepreneurs d. organizers
(Adapted)
45. A merchandising
business
a. buys raw materials and transforms them into finished products
b. buys finished products and resells them
c. provides a service for a fee
d. all of the above
(Adapted)
46. Economic resources are the scarce means available for carrying on economic activities. The
economic resources of a business enterprises are:
a. productive resources b. products c. money d. all of
(RPCPA) these
47. Which of the following is not among the economic resources of a business enterprise?
a. money
b. products or output of the enterprise
c. obligations to pay money
d. ownership interest in other enterprises
(RPCPA)
Accounting information
49. Which of the following statements is correct?
I. Accounting provides qualitative information, financial information, and quantitative
information.
II. Qualitative information is found in the notes to the financial statements only.
III. Accounting is considered an art because it is supported by an organized body of
knowledge
IV. Accounting is considered a science because it involves the exercise of skill and judgment.
V. Measurement is the process of assigning numbers to objects such inventories or plant
assets and to events such as purchases or sales.
VI. All quantitative information are also financial in nature.
VII. The accounting process of assigning peso amounts or numbers to relevant objects and
a. I, events is known as Identification.
V
(RPCPA) b. I, II, VI, V c. I, II, III, IV, V d. II, VI, V
53. Accounting as an art involves the considerable use of judgment. Accountants should exercise
creative and critical thinking in solving accounting problems. In solving accounting problems,
this involves the use of imagination and insight by finding new relationships (ideas) among
items of information. It is most important in identifying alternative solutions.
a. Creative c. Professional Skepticism
thinking
b. Critical d. Wishful thinking
54. Creative thinking
skills and judgment is usually exercised in problem solving. State the correct order of
the following steps in problem solving.
I. Selecting a solution from among the alternatives
II. Identifying alternative solutions
III. Recognizing a problem
IV. Implementing the solution
V. Evaluating the alternatives
a. III, II, IV, V, I b. I, II, III, V, IV c. III, II, V, I, d. I, II, III, VI,
IV (RPCPA) V
61. The valuation of an assurance to receive cash in the future at present value on a business
entity’s financial statements is well-founded because of the accounting concept of:
a.Entity b. Going concern c. Materiality d.
Neutrality (RPCPA)
62. Business entity produces financial statements at arbitrary points in time in accordance with
which basic accounting concept?
a.objectivity b. periodicity c. conservatism d. matching
(RPCPA)
a. proprietary theory c. residual equity theory
b. entity theory d. funds theory
63. Treating partners’ salaries as an expense rather than as a means of allocating partnership
(RPCPA)
profits is an application of what theory?
64. Mr. Van owns a butcher shop, a restaurant, and a catering business. Separate financial
statements are prepared for each business independent of the other businesses. What
accounting principle or assumption is being applied in this situation?
a. Time period assumption c. Full-disclosure principle
b. Separate entity assumption d. Unit-of-measure assumption
(CG
A)
65. Which of the following correctly relate to the Monetary/ Stable monetary/ Monetary Unit
concept?
I. Assets, liabilities, equity, revenues and expenses should be stated in terms of a unit of
measure which is the peso in the Philippines
II. The purchasing power of the peso is stable or constant and that its instability is
insignificant and therefore ignored.
a. I b. II c. I and II d. None
67. Which of the following statements best reflects the accounting assumption of periodicity or
time period?
I. A fiscal year begins in any month and ends in any month but covers a period of 12 months
II. A calendar year begins on any month and ends on any month but covers a period of 12
months
III. Technically, an accounting year is synonymous with an accounting period.
IV. Accounting periods are usually equal in length.
a. I, II, III, IV b. I, IV c. I, III, IV d. II, III, IV
68. Which of the following best reflect(s) the reason(s) why companies select accounting periods
other than a calendar year?
a. to avoid closing books during peak sales period
b. to close the books at a time when inventories and business activity are lowest
c. to conform to auditors’ request in order to reduce audit efforts and cost of counting
inventories
d. a and b
69. Most listed corporations in the Philippines have which type of accounting year?
a. fiscal year b. calendar year c. quarterly d. indeterminate
70. For a fiscal year ending April 30, 20x2, the period covered by the statement of profit or loss
and other comprehensive income is
a. April 1, 20x2 to April 30, 20x2 c. May 1, 20x1 to April 30, 20x2
b. April 1, 20x1 to April 30, 20x2 d. April 30, 20x1 to April 30, 20x2
71. An entity uses calendar year as its accounting period. The statement of financial position
prepared on December 31, 20x2 covers the period
a. December 31, 20x1 to December 31, 20x2
b. January 1, 20x1 to December 31, 20x2
c. January 1, 20x2 to December 31, 20x2
d. From business’ inception up to December 31, 20x2
72. Which of the following statements is incorrect regarding the basic accounting concepts?
a. Under the Consistency concept, the financial statements should be prepared on the basis
of accounting principles which are followed consistently.
b. Under the Entity theory, the accounting objective is geared toward proper income
determination. Proper matching of cost against revenue is the ultimate end. Entity theory
emphasizes the income statement. This is explained by the equation Assets = Liabilities +
Capital.
c. Under the Proprietary theory the accounting objective is directed toward proper valuation
of assets. This theory emphasizes the importance of the balance sheet. It is exemplified by
the equation Assets – Liabilities = Capital.
d. Under the Fund theory, the accounting objective is neither proper income determination nor
proper valuation of assets but the custody and administration of funds. The objective is
directed toward cash flows exemplified by the formula “cash inflows minus cash outflows
equals fund.” Government accounting and fiduciary accounting are examples of the
application of this concept.
e. Under the Residual equity theory, the accounting objective is proper valuation of assets.
This is applicable when there are two classes of stockholders, common and preferred.
Thus, the equation is Assets – Liabilities + Preference Shareholders’ Equity =
Ordinary
Shareholders’
Equity.
73. Which of the following statements correctly relate to the basic features of financial
accounting?
I. The going concern assumption is necessary for asset valuation at historical cost to have
meaning.
II. Inexact information always makes financial statements useless for decision making.
III. Under the residual equity theory, preference share equity is deducted from total equity to
arrive at ordinary share equity.
I V. Materialit is ways a quantit ative
c as op posed a qua
I, III
a. y al I, II, IV to I, II
I, III, IV b. . d.
litative concept.
74. The Full Disclosure Principle recognizes that the nature and amount of information included
in financial reports reflects a series of judgmental trade-offs. The trade-offs strive for
I. Sufficient detail to disclose matters that make a difference to users
II. Sufficient condensation to make the information understandable, keeping in mind costs of
preparing and using it
a. I b. II c. I and II d. None
75. A concept that states that all the components of a complete set of financial statement are
interrelated
a. entity c. concept of articulation
b. accounting process d. principle of fair presentation
78. While making a delivery, the driver of Fastrac Courier collided with another vehicle causing
both property damage and personal injury. The party sued Fastrac for damages which could
exceed Fastrac's insurance coverage. Existence of the lawsuit was reported in the notes to
Fastrac's financial statements. What accounting principle, assumption or constraint is being
applied in this situation?
a. Full-disclosure c. Matching principle
principle
b. Conservatism constraint d. Unit-of-measure assumption
(CGA)
80. Which accounting principle charges low-cost capital items such as waste baskets directly to
an expense?
a. historical cost b. materiality c. expense recognition d.
matching (CGA)
81. The process of converting non-cash resources and rights into cash or equivalent claims to
cash is called
a. Realization b. Allocation c. Recognition d.
Disposition
(RPCPA)
82. The body of rules that dictates that the entire profit must be recognized at the moment and in
the period of sale is called:
a. cost convention c. realization convention
b.going concern convent d. conservatism
(RPCPA)
83. Which statements correctly refer to the basic principles used in accounting?
a. The personal assets of the owner of a company will not appear on the company's balance
sheet because of the principle of conservatism.
b. The growing concern principle/guideline is associated with the assumption that the
company will continue on long enough to carry out its objectives.
c. An instance of application of the conservatism principle is when a very large corporation's
financial statements have the peso amounts rounded to the nearest P1,000.
d. In applying the matching principle, income is not recognized if the related expense cannot
be determined reliably.
84. Which principle/guideline requires a company's balance sheet to report its land at the amount
the company paid to acquire the land, even if the land could be sold today at a significantly
higher amount?
a. Conservatism b. Economic entity c. Monetary unit d. Cost
(RPCPA)
85. During the lifetime of an entity accountants produce financial statements at arbitrary points in
time in accordance with which basic accounting concept?
a.Objectivity b. Periodicity c. Conservatism d.
Matching (RPCPA)
86. Which principle/guideline allows a company to ignore the change in the purchasing power of
the peso over time?
a. Cost b. Economic entity c. Monetary unit d. Timeliness
87. Which principle/guideline requires the company's financial statements to have footnotes
containing information that is important to users of the financial statements?
a. Conservatism b. Economic entity c. Full disclosure d.
Neutrality (RPCPA)
88. Public utilities' balance sheets list the plant assets before the current assets. This is acceptable
under which accounting principle/guideline?
a. Conservatism c. Industry practices
b.Cost d. This is not acceptable
(RPCPA)
89. A large company purchases a P2,000 digital camera and expenses it immediately instead of
recording it as an asset and depreciating it over its useful life. This practice may be acceptable
because of which principle/guideline?
a. Cost b. Matching c. Materiality d. Conservatism
90. Uncertainty and risk inherent in business situations should be adequately considered in
financial reporting. This statement is an example of the concept of
a. disclosure b. conservatism c. completeness d. neutrality
(RPCPA)
93. Under what principle when revenue is generally recognized and when the earning process is
virtually complete and an exchange has taken place
a. consistency b. maturing c. realization d. conservatism
(RPCPA)
94. The accounting objective or theory that is directed towards proper valuation of assets
a. Entity theory c. Funds theory
b.Residual equity theory d. Proprietary theory
(RPCPA)
95. A theory in financial accounting which is exemplified in the equation “Assets - Liabilities =
Capital.”
a. proprietary theory c. residual equity theory
b. entity theory d. fund theory
(RPCPA)
97. It is the exercise of care and caution in dealing with uncertainties in measurement so as not to
overstate assets and income and not understate liabilities and expenses.
a. Completeness b. Prudence c. Faithful representation d. Neutrality
98. The general tendency toward early recognition of unfavorable events and minimization of the
amount of net assets and net income is called:
a. conservatism b. consistency c. neutrality d. verifiability
99. When uncertainty exists, the convention of conservatism uses estimates of a conservative
nature in an attempt to ensure which of the following?
a. Assets, revenues, liabilities, and expenses are not overstated
b. Assets, revenues, liabilities, and expenses are not understated
c. Assets and revenues are not understated; liabilities and expenses are not overstated
d. Assets and revenues are not overstated; liabilities and expenses are not understated
(CGA)
Branches of Accounting
100. The process of identifying, measuring, analyzing, and communicating financial
information needed by management to plan, evaluate, and control an organization’s
operations
a. financialisaccounting
called c. tax accounting
b. managerial accounting d. auditing
(AICPA)
101. A city taxes merchants for various central district improvements. Which of the
following accounting methods assist(s) in assuring that these revenues are expended legally?
(Item #1) Fund accounting; (Item #2) Budgetary accounting
a. Yes, No b. No, Yes c. No, No d. Yes, Yes
(AICPA)
102. Which of the following correctly refer to the various branches of accounting?
I. Government accounting deals with accounting for the national government and its
instrumentalities, focusing attention on the custody of public funds and the purpose or
purposes to which such funds are committed.
II. Institutional accounting deals with handling of accounts managed by a person entrusted
with the custody and management of property for the benefit of another.
III Estate accounting deals with the handling of accounts for fiduciaries who wind up the
. affairs of a deceased person.
IV. Social responsibility accounting is the process of measuring and disclosing the
performance
of firm in terms of community involvement and related criteria.
V. Accounting Systems deals with the installation of accounting procedures for the
accumulation of financial data; includes designing of accounting forms to be used in data
gathering.
VI. Cost accounting is the systematic recording and analysis of the costs of material, labor,
VI and overhead incident to production.
I. Fiduciary accounting is the accounting for not-for-profit entities other than the
a. I,government.
II, III, IV, V, VI, VII c. I, III, IV, V, VI, VII
b. I, II, IV, V, VI, VII d. I, III, IV, V, VI
104. Which of the following statements correctly refer to financial reporting and accounting?
I. Financial accounting is the process of identifying, measuring, analyzing, and
communicating financial information needed by management to plan, evaluate, and
control an organization's operations.
II. Financial statements are the principal means through which financial information is
communicated to those inside an enterprise.
III Users of the financial information provided by an entity use that information to make
. capital allocation decisions.
IV. While objectives for financial reporting exist on an informal basis, no formal objectives
have been adopted.
V. Financial reports in the early 21st century did not provide any information about a
company’s soft assets.
a. I, II, III, IV, V b. II, III, IV, V c. III, IV, V d. III
108. Which
of the following
statements is not an
objective of financial
reporting?
c. Provide information on the liquidation value of an enterprise.
a. Provide
d. Provideinformation that is useful in assessing cash flow prospects.
(Adapted)information
that is useful
109.in investment
One objective of financial reporting is to provide
and credit
a. information about the investors in the business entity.
decisions. about the liquidation values of the resources held by
b. information
b. Provide information
the enterprise.
c. information about
that is useful enterprise cash
in assessing resources, claims to those resources, and changes to
flow prospects.
them.
d. information that will attract new investors.
(Adapted)
110. Which of the following is true regarding the comparison of managerial to financial
accounting?
a. Managerial accounting is generally more precise.
b. Managerial accounting has a past focus and financial accounting has a future focus.
c. The emphasis on managerial accounting is relevance and the emphasis on financial
accounting is timeliness.
d. Managerial accounting need not follow generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP)
while financial accounting must follow
them.
(AICPA)
Practice of Accounting
116. The law that regulates the practice of accounting in the Philippines is the Philippine
Accountancy Act of 2004 also known as
a. R.A. No. c. R.A. No.
9298
b. R.A. No. 8299
9892 d. R.A. Blg. 69
117. The professional regulatory board created under Republic Act No. 9298 tasked with
the supervision of the registration, licensure and practice of accountancy in the Philippines.
a. PRC b. BOA c. PICPA d. FRSC
119. The Commission upon the recommendation of the Board shall within ninety (90) days
from the effectivity of the IRR, create an accounting standard setting body to be known as the
a. Financial Reporting Standards Council
b. Financial Reporting Standards Committee
c. Accounting Standards Committee
d. Financial Reporting Standards Board
122. One of the following is not a member of the Financial Reporting Standards
Council.
a. Philippine Institute of Certified Auditors
b. Commission on Audit
c. Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas
d. Securities and Exchange Commission
126. The role of the Securities and Exchange Commission in the formulation of accounting
principles can be best described as
c. consistently primary.
d. consistently secondary.
c. sometimes primary and sometimes secondary.
d. non-existent.
(Adapted)
127. Corporations
are required
to submit
their
financial
statements to
the
a. FRSC
b. BOA
c. COA
d. SEC
a. line authority c. staff authority
b.line and staff authority d. financial authority
(RPCPA)
Accounting standards
131. Issuing of accounting standards is the responsibility of the
a. PICPA b. FRSC c. AASC d. CPE
Council
134.
Generally accepted
accounting principles
a. include detailed practices and procedures as well as broad guidelines of general
application.
b. allareofinfluenced
d. these. by pronouncements of the SEC and Regulatory Accounting Principles
c. change
(Adapted) over time as the nature of the business environment changes.
135. Choose the correct statement about generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP)
a. They are laws
b. The Bureau of Internal Revenue enforces GAAP
c. Firms that do not comply with GAAP may suffer negative economic consequences.
d. GAAP in the Philippines is represented by
PSAs (RPCPA)
136. Accounting concepts are not derived from
a. Inductive reasoning c. Pragmatism
b.Experience d. Laws of
(Adapted) nature
141. When resolving accounting problems not specifically addressed by current standards, an
entity should be guided by the hierarchy of reporting standards. The correct sequence of the
hierarchy of reporting standards in the Philippines is
I. PASs, PFRSs and Interpretations
II. Conceptual Framework
III. Judgment
a. I, III, II b. I, II, III c. II, I, III d. I, II
143. The argument that practicing accountants are familiar with the significance of various
accounting problems and the feasibility of alternative solutions is an argument for establishing
generally accepted accounting principles through
a. a free-market approach c. government regulation
b.a deductive approach d. private sector regulation
(Adapted)
International Standards
144. Generally accepted accounting principles in the Philippines are based on
a. IFRSs issued by
IASB
b. SFAS issued by FASB
c. partly (a) and (b)
d. GAAP in the Philippines are originally formulated by the FRSC and are not based on
standards issued by other standard setting bodies.
146. Approval of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and related documents,
such as the Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting, exposure drafts, and other
discussion documents, is the responsibility of the
a. International Accounting Standards Board
b. International Accounting Standards Committee
c. International Accounting Standards Council
d. Financial Reporting Standards Council
147. Are the following statements true or false concerning the IFRSs?
I. IFRSs set out recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure requirements dealing
with transactions and events that are important in general and special purpose financial
statements. They may also set out such requirements for transactions and events that arise
mainly in specific industries.
II. IFRSs are based on the Conceptual Framework, which addresses the concepts underlying
the information presented in general purpose financial statements. The objective of the
Conceptual Framework is to facilitate the consistent and logical formulation of IFRSs. The
Conceptual Framework should, however, not be used as a basis for the use of judgment in
resolving accounting issues.
a. True, true b. True, false c. False, true d. False, false
149. The objectives of the International Accounting Standards Board are (choose the incorrect
statement)
a. To develop, in the public interest, a single set of high quality, understandable and
enforceable global accounting standards that require high quality, transparent and
comparable information in financial statements and other financial reporting to help
participants in the various capital markets of the world and other users of the information
to make economic decisions;
b. To promote the use and rigorous application of those standards
c. To eliminate differences between standards used by various countries
d. To work actively with national standard-setters to bring about convergence of national
accounting standards and IFRSs to high quality solutions
151. In the event of conflict between the International Financial Reporting Standards and
the local standards, which among the following will prevail?
f. The provisions of the Corporation Code and Tax Code will prevail
g. The rule of the Philippine Securities and Exchange Commission prevails
h. The rule of the International Accounting Standards prevails
d. The rule of local standards, laws and regulations shall prevail
(Adapted)
152. Are the following statements about the Norwalk Agreement true or false?
I. The Norwalk Agreement requires the consolidated financial statements of all listed United
States companies, starting after January 1, 2005, to be prepared in accordance with
International Accounting Standards.
II. The Norwalk Agreement was an agreement for short-term financial reporting convergence
between the European Commission and the United States government.
a. False, False b. False, True c. True, False d. True, True
(ACCA)
153. Which of the following bodies is responsible for reviewing accounting issues that are likely
to receive divergent or unacceptable treatment in the absence of authoritative guidance, with a
view to reaching consensus as to the appropriate accounting treatment?
a. International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC)
b. Standards Advisory Council (SAC)
c. International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
d. International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation (IASC
Foundation)
(ACCA)
Changes in standards
158. Choose the correct statement
a. Financial accounting is a social science and cannot be influenced by changes in legal,
political, business and social environments.
b. Financial accounting is an information system designed to provide information primarily
to internal users.
c. General-purpose financial statements must be prepared by a certified public accountant.
d. The preparation of general-purpose financial statements is usually based on the
assumption that the primary users of the information are external decision makers.
(RPCPA)
165. The principles, which constitute the ground rules for financial reporting, are termed
“generally accepted accounting principles”. To qualify as “generally accepted,” an accounting
principle must
a. Usually guide corporate managers in preparing financial statements, which will be
understood by widely scattered stockholders
b. Guide corporate managers in preparing financial statements which will be used, for
collective bargaining agreements with trade unions.
c. Guide an entrepreneur of the choice of an accounting entity like single proprietorship
partnership or corporation
d. Receive substantial authoritative support.
(Adapted)
169. Which of the following is most likely to prepare the most accurate financial forecast
for a corporate entity based on empirical evidence?
a. Investors using statistical models to generate forecasts
b. Corporate management
c. Financial analysts
d. Independent CPAs
(AICP
A)
Chapter 2
The Accounting Process
3. The basic sequence in the accounting process can best be described as:
a. Transaction, journal entry, source document, ledger account, trial balance.
b. Source document, transaction, ledger account, journal entry, trial balance.
c. Transaction, source document, journal entry, trial balance, ledger account.
d. Transaction, source document, journal entry, ledger account, trial balance.
(Adapted)
5. The following comments all relate to the recording process. Which of these statements is
correct?
a. The general ledger is a chronological record of transactions.
b. The general ledger is posted from transactions recorded in the general journal.
c. The trial balance provides the primary source document for recording transactions into the
general journal.
d.Transposition is the transfer of information from the general journal to the general ledger.
(Adapted)
Systems of recording
9. Which of the following statements is true?
I. The two basic concepts or theories underlying double-entry bookkeeping are Duality and
Equilibrium
II. The reason why expense is recorded as a debit entry to an expense account is that
expenses decrease owner’s equity.
III The effects of revenue and expenses upon owners’ equity explains the debit and credit
. rules relating to the recording of revenue and expenses
IV. All activities of a business are recorded in its accounting system
V. The accounting process of determining how events affect assets, liabilities, owners’ equity,
revenue and expenses of the enterprise is called “Measuring the effects.”
a. I, II, IV b. I, II, III c. III, IV, V d. I, II, III, V
(RPCPA)
11. The following statements relates to the double-entry system and the single-entry system.
Choose the correct statements.
I. Merchandise inventory account is not recognized under single-entry bookkeeping
II. Net income or loss under single entry bookkeeping is computed using an approach that
directly matches cost with revenue.
III Under a Double-entry system, both general and special journals are used while under
. a single-entry system, only special journals are used.
IV. Double-entry system is sometimes known as transaction approach of accounting for
assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses.
V. Double-entry system is the generally acceptable method of bookkeeping because it
offers a more accurate and more complete income measurement than single-entry.
a. I, III, V b. I, V c. III, IV, V d. I, III, IV, V
(RPCPA)
Books of records
15. The account may take many possible forms and accounting practice commonly uses several.
Perhaps the most useful form of the account for textbooks, problems, and examinations but
not really used in actual practice, except perhaps for memoranda or preliminary analyses is
the
a. One-sided account c. Three-sided account
b. T-account d. moving balance account
16. Which one of the following best expresses the primary purpose of the general journal?
a. The general journal provides an organized summary of transactions classified by type of
account
b. The general journal directly provides the data for a trial balance
c. The general journal eliminates the need for control accounts in the ledger
d. The general journal provides a continuing balance of the amount to date in each of the
temporary accounts
e. The general journal provides a chronological listing of transactions in debit-credit form
18. Which one of the following best expresses the primary purpose of the general ledger?
a. The general ledger provides a record of transactions classified by account
b. The general ledger provides a record from which the journal entries are later posted
c. The general ledger provides a listing of the dates of transactions affecting each account, in
what amounts, and the ending balances of each account
d. The general ledger eliminates the need for control accounts
e. The general ledger houses only accounts which are supported by subsidiary ledgers
20. These are entries made at the end of the accounting period after adjustments used as means of
closing nominal accounts to a summary account and transferring the balances to equity.
a. Closing c. Reclassification entries
entries
b. Adjusting entries d. Reversing entries
21. These are entries usually made in the next period to reverse certain adjusting entries made in
the immediately preceding accounting period.
a. Closing entries c. Reclassification entries
b. Adjusting entries d. Reversing entries
23. These are entries that transfer an item from one account to another that more clearly describe
the nature of the item transferred.
a. Correcting entries c. Reclassification entries
b. Adjusting entries d. Reversing entries
24. It is the difference between the debit and the credit side of a T account.
a. normal balance c. account balance
b. discount d. a and c
27. A T account is
a. a way of depicting the basic form of an account.
b. a special account used instead of a journal.
c. a special account used instead of a trial balance.
d.used for accounts that have both a debit and credit balance.
(Adapted)
29. A notation in a journal or ledger not intended to be incorporated in the accounts which
describes a situation/event c. reversing entry
a. memo entry
b. correcting entry d. adjusting entry
(RPCPA)
30. The mechanical process of recording transactions and events on the books of accounts in a
chronological sequence in accordance with established accounting rules and procedures
a. summarizing b. reporting c. journalization d.
classification (RPCPA)
31. The appropriate book of account in which the receipt of a cash dividend is
recorded
a. purchases journal c. cash receipts journal
b.sales journal d. general journal
(RPCPA)
Trial balance
33. This is prepared in order to prove the equality of the debits and credits in the ledger after the
closing process.
a. Trial balance c. chart of accounts
b. Worksheet d. post-closing trial balance
37. Which of the following errors will be disclosed in the preparation of a trial balance?
a. Recording transactions in the wrong account.
b. Duplication of a transaction in the accounting records.
c. Posting only the debit portion of a particular journal entry.
d. Recording the wrong amount for a transaction to both the account debited and the account
credited.
(Adapted)
38. An error which is disclosed by trial
balance
a. account omitted from trial balance
b. journal entry not posted
c. error
d. omission of journal entry
of transposition in posting one side of a journal entry
(RPCPA)
Adjusting entries
41. Which of the following statements about adjusting entries
is/are correct?
I. Every adjusting entry impacts both a balance sheet and a statement of profit or loss and
other comprehensive income account.
II. Every adjusting entry impacts comprehensive income.
III. If only year-end financial reports are prepared for both external and internal users then
adjusting entries need only to be prepared once a year.
IV. Adjusting entries are necessitated by the accrual basis accounting. If an entity uses the
pureIVcash basis
a. I, II, III, b. I, of
II, accounting,
III there
c. I, II,isIV
no need for adjusting
d. II, III,entries.
IV
42. These are entries made at the end of the accounting period to update certain amounts so that
they reflect correct balances at the designated time.
a. Correcting entries c. Reclassification entries
b. Adjusting d. Reversing entries
entries
43. Theoretically, adjusting entries fall into these broad classes
a. deferred items and accrued items
b. deferred items, accrued items and reclassification items
c. deferred items, accrued items and client adjustments
d. deferred items, accrued items, reclassification items, current period correcting items and
prior period correcting items
49. Consist of adjusting entries relating to activity on which no data have been previously
recorded in the accounts
a. deferred items c. procrastinated items
b. accrued items d. a or c
52. Periodic reporting and the matching principle necessitate the preparation of
a. journal entries c. adjusting entries
b. dramatic entries d. no ID, no entry
53. Receiving assets before they are earned creates a liability called
a. unearned assets c. unearned revenue
b. deferred assets d. accrued revenue
56. Employees’ taxes not yet paid to the BIR as of reporting date should be credited to which
account
a. income tax payable c. withholding tax payable
b. output tax d. deferred tax liability
59. The premium on a three-year insurance policy expiring on December 31, year 3, was paid in
total on January 1, year 1. Assuming that the original payment was recorded as a prepaid asset,
how would each of the following be affected in year 3? (Item #1) Prepaid Asset; (Item #2)
Expenses
a. decrease, increase c. no change, increase
b. decrease, no change d. no change, no change
(Adapted)
60. The accrued balance in a revenue account represents an amount which is:
a. earned and collected c. not earned or collected
b. earned and not collected d. not earned but collected
(RPCPA)
61. Which one of the following assets is similar to certain current assets, but is not one?
a. Accounts receivable
b. Prepaid insurance
c. long term payment of expenses
d. short-term investment in equity security
(Adapted)
62. The premium on a three (3) year insurance policy was paid in total on January 1, 1989. Upon
payment, Prepaid Asset Account was debited. The appropriate journal entry has been recorded
on December 31, therefore the balance of Prepaid Asset Account should be:
a. higher, if the original payment had been debited initially to an expense account
b. the same as the original payment
c. the same even if the original payment had been debited initially to an expense account
d. no balance
(RPCPA)
63. An adjusting entry for revenue collected in advance, which was initially credited to a revenue
account will:
a. decrease liabilities
b. increase assets
c. decrease the balance in the revenue account
d. increase equity
65. Based on which of the following concepts, is share capital account shown on the liability side
of statement of financial position?
a. Dual-side concept c. Cost concept
b.Money measurement concept d. Business entity concept
(Adapted)
66. While preparing the worksheet, the accountant made the following entry: Debit Income
Summary Account and Credit Inventory – beginning. This entry can be properly termed as
a(n)
a. Adjusting entry c. Closing entry
b. Reclassification entry d. Correcting entry
67. While preparing the worksheet, the accountant made the following entry: Debit Inventory –
ending
a. and Credit
Adjusting entry Income Summary. This entry
c. Closing can be properly termed as a(n)
entry
b. Reclassification d. Correcting entry
entry
68. Which of the following statements is true?
I. Another name for the balance sheet is statement of changes in financial position.
II. The balance sheet heading will specify a Period of time.
III. An acceptable heading for a balance sheet is:
ABC Corporation
Statement of financial position
For the Year Ended
December 31, 20x1
IV. In a manual bookkeeping system,
transactions are first recorded in a trial
balance.
V. A journal entry includes the date,
account titles, and amounts.
a. I and V b. I , IV and V
c. V only
a. Income statement preparation c. Matching process
b. Profit and loss preparationd. I, II and V d. Bookkeeping process
(RPCPA)
69. After the revenues for an accounting period have been determined, the costs directly or
70. indirectly
Totaling the associated
columns with these revenues
of a columnar journalmust be deducted
and proving to measure
the equality of thenet income.
totals This is
is called
called
a. totaling and balancing c. totaling and cross footing
b. footing and cross footing d. footing and balancing
(RPCPA)
Closing entries
71. These are entries prepared at the end of the accounting period to “zero out” all temporary
accounts in the ledger.
a. adjusting entries c. reversing entries
b. closing d. reclassification entries
entries
72. Which of the following statements is true?
a. Equity is reduced by outside borrowings
b. When there is no change in equity, it is an indication of loss in the business
c. Nominal account refers to the exchange transactions
d. Real accounts relate to the accounts found in the post-closing trial balance
e. Bills payable is a nominal account
Reversing entries
79. When reversing entries are made, the beginning balance of a nominal account is
a. the amount in the adjusting entry that was reversed
b. the opposite balance representing the amount in the reversing entry
c. either a debit or credit balance depending on the effect of the adjusting and reversing
entries
d. always zero regardless of whether or not a reversing entry is made
80. Which of the following adjusting entries may a reversing entry be used?
a. debit insurance expense, credit prepaid insurance
b. debit interest receivable, credit interest income
c. debit unearned rental income, credit rental income
d.debit depreciation expense, credit accumulated depreciation
(RPCPA)
Comprehensive
81. Which of the following statements are correctly stated?
I. Every adjusting entry affects both a balance sheet and a statement of profit or loss and
other comprehensive income account.
II. The company has earned an income for the period if a credit is needed to close the income
summary account.
III If a company reports profit for the year, this amount will be shown on the worksheet as a
. balancing figure in the income statement debit column and in the balance sheet credit
column.
IV. The income summary account reveals that an operating loss of P800 has been incurred.
Before closing entries are posted, the owner’s drawing account shows a balance of P460.
The entry to close the income summary account is a debit of P340 to the owner’s capital
account and a credit of P340 to the income summary account.
V. Entering adjustments in the adjustments column of a worksheet makes it unnecessary to
record and post adjusting entries.
a. I, III b. I, II, III c. II, III, d. I, III, IV,
IV V
82. Which of the following statements is true?
a. Deferred charges are distinguished from prepaid expenses on the basis of the time over
which their benefits will be
realized. capital is a very useful measure because it reveals how much would be left if all
b. Working
the assets were to be sold and the proceeds were used to pay all the current liabilities.
c. The normal operating cycle of a business is the average length of the time from cash
expenditure, to inventory, to sale and back to accounts receivable.
d. Retained earnings often is restricted (or appropriated) to ensure that cash will be available
for plant expansion. When retained earnings is restricted, the cash appropriated cannot be
spent.
92. If debits do not equal credits, the first step to find the error is to
a. call your manager and ask for advice
b. add the debit and credit columns again
c. review the journal entries for errors
d.make correcting entries rather than adjusting entries
(Adapted)
93. If the Balance Sheet columns of the worksheet do not balance, the error is most likely to exist
in the:
a. General journal. c. Last six columns of the work
b.General ledger. sheet. d. First six columns of the work sheet.
(Adapted)
94. Assume an enterprise initially records prepayments in balance sheet accounts and makes
reversing entries when appropriate. Which of the following year-end adjusting entries should
be reversed?
a. The entry to record depreciation expense for the period
b. The entry to record the portion of service fees received in advance that is earned by year-
end
c. The entry to record supplies used during the period
d. The entry to record service fees earned by year-end but not billed
(Adapted)
Chapter 3
The Conceptual Framework for Financial
Reporting
Chapter 3: Theory of Accounts
Reviewer Purpose and status
1. What is the authoritative status of
the Conceptual Framework?
a. It has the highest level of authority. In case of a conflict between the Conceptual
Framework and a Standard or Interpretation, the Conceptual Framework overrides the
Standard or Interpretation.
b. If there is a Standard or Interpretation that specifically applies to a transaction, it overrides
the Conceptual Framework. In the absence of a Standard or an Interpretation that
c. Ifspecifically applies, or
there is a Standard theInterpretation
Conceptual Framework should
that specifically be followed.
applies to a transaction, it overrides
the Conceptual Framework. In the absence of a Standard or an Interpretation that
specifically applies to a transaction, management should consider the applicability of the
Conceptual Framework in developing and applying an accounting policy that will result
in
information that is relevant and reliable.
d. The Conceptual Framework applies only when IASB develops new or revised Standards.
An entity is never required to consider the Conceptual Framework.
(Adapted)
2. The FRSC recognizes that in a limited number of cases there may be a conflict between the
Conceptual Framework and a Philippine Financial Reporting Standard. In those cases where
there is a conflict,
a. the requirements of the Philippine Financial Reporting Standard prevail over those of the
Conceptual Framework
b. the requirements of the Conceptual Framework prevail over those of the Philippine
Financial Reporting Standard
c. the professional judgment of the accountant should prevail and this may necessitate
disclosure in the notes.
d.the provisions of standards issued by FASB will prevail
(Adapted)
3. Financial statements are most commonly prepared in accordance with an accounting model
based on
a. Recoverable historical cost and the nominal financial capital maintenance concept
b. Recoverable historical cost and the physical capital maintenance concept
c. Fair value and the nominal financial capital maintenance concept
d. Either recoverable historical cost and fair value and either nominal financial or physical
capital concept
9. An entity for which there are users who rely on its financial statements as their major source
of financial information about the entity.
a. publicly listed entity c. reporting entity
b. publicly accountable entity d. small or medium-sized entity
10. The primary users of financial statements under the Conceptual Framework include
I. Existing and potential investors
II. Employees
III. Lenders and other creditors
IV. Suppliers and other trade creditors
V. Customers
VI. Governments and their agencies
VII. Public
VIII. Professional accountants, including auditors
a. I, c. I, II, III, IV, V, VI,
IIII, II, III, IV, V, VI
b. VII d. all of the above
11. These refer to the providers of risk capital, including their advisers, who are concerned with
the risk inherent in, and return provided by, their investments. They need information to help
them determine whether they should buy, hold or sell. They are also interested in information
which enables them to assess the ability of the entity to pay dividends.
a. investors c. stakeholders
b. shareholders d. public
12. They are interested in information that enables them to determine whether their loans, and the
interest attaching to them, will be paid when due.
a. investors b. lenders c. suppliers d. public
13. They are interested in information that enables them to determine whether amounts owing to
them will be paid when due. They are likely to be interested in an entity over a shorter period
than lenders unless they are dependent upon the continuation of the entity as a major
customer.
a. investors b. lenders c. suppliers d. public
16. What is the objective of financial statements according to the Conceptual Framework?
a. To provide information about the financial position, performance, and changes in financial
position of an entity that is useful to a wide range of users in making economic decisions.
b. To prepare and present a balance sheet, an income statement, a cash flow statement, and a
statement of changes in equity.
c. To prepare and present comparable, relevant, reliable, and understandable information to
investors and creditors.
d. To prepare financial statements in accordance with all applicable Standards and
Interpretations.
(Adapted)
17. Which of the following statements correctly relates to the provisions of the Conceptual
Framework?
a. Financial statements are prepared and presented at least annually and are directed toward
the common information needs of a limited range of users.
b. Financial statements do not include items such as reports by directors, statements by the
chairman, discussion and analysis by management and similar items that may be included
in a financial or annual report.
c. The Conceptual Framework applies only to the financial statements of all commercial,
industrial and business reporting entities, which are in the private sector.
d. Special purpose financial reports, for example, prospectuses and computations prepared
for taxation purposes, are within the scope of the Conceptual Framework.
18. Which of the following statements correctly relates to the provisions of the Conceptual
Framework?
a. Financial statements do not form part of the process of financial reporting.
b. The statement of changes in financial position may be presented in a variety of ways such
as classified or unclassified statement of financial position.
c. All of the information needs of users cannot be met by financial statements.
d. The shareholders of an entity have the primary responsibility for the preparation and
presentation of the financial statements of the entity.
19. Which of the following statements incorrectly relates to the provisions of the Conceptual
Framework regarding the use of financial information by an entity’s management?
a. Management is also interested in the information contained in the financial statements
even though it has access to additional management and financial information that helps it
carry out its planning, decision-making and control responsibilities.
b. Management has the ability to determine the form and content of such additional
information in order to meet its own needs.
c. The reporting of information for internal use of management is beyond the scope of the
Conceptual Framework.
d. Published financial statements are not based on the information used by management
about the financial position, performance and changes in financial position of the entity.
20. Who has the primary responsibility for the preparation and presentation of the financial
statements of an entity?
a. shareholders c. management
b. board of directors d. accountant
22. The following statements relate to the objective of financial statements, except
a. The objective of financial statements is to provide information about the financial
position,
performance and changes in financial position of an entity that is useful to a wide range of
users in making economic decisions.
b. Financial statements prepared for a wide range of users meet the common needs of most
users. statements provide all the information that users may need to make economic
c. Financial
decisions since they largely portray the financial effects of past events and do not
necessarily provide non-financial information.
d. Financial statements also show the results of the stewardship of management, or the
accountability of management for the resources entrusted to it. Those users who wish to
assess the stewardship or accountability of management do so in order that they may
make economic decisions; these decisions may include, for example, whether to hold or
sell their investment in the entity or whether to reappoint or replace the management.
23. All of the following correctly relate to the provisions of the Conceptual Framework, except
a. Financial statements do not provide all the information that users may need to make
economic decisions since they largely portray the financial effects of past events and do
not necessarily provide non-financial information.
b. The economic decisions that are taken by users of financial statements require an
evaluation of the ability of an entity to generate cash and cash equivalents and of the
timing and certainty of their generation.
c. The income statement provides an incomplete picture of performance unless it is used in
conjunction with the balance sheet and the other financial statements.
d. According to the Conceptual Framework, the underlying assumptions are accrual basis of
accounting and going concern and the implicit assumptions are accounting entity,
periodicity and stable monetary concept.
26. When the going concern becomes inappropriate such as when liquidation becomes imminent,
the assets of an entity should be shown on the balance sheet at their
a. historical cost c. fair value
b. realizable value d. current cost
27. This information is useful in predicting future borrowing needs and how future profits and
cash flows will be distributed among those with an interest in the entity; it is also useful in
predicting how successful the entity is likely to be in raising further finance.
a. economic resources c. liquidity and
b. financial structure solvency
d. performance
28. This information is useful in predicting the ability of the entity to meet its financial
commitments as they fall due
a. economic resources c. liquidity and solvency
b. financial structure d. performance
29. This information is required in order to assess potential changes in the economic resources
that an entity is likely to control in the future.
a. economic resources c. liquidity and solvency
b. financial structure d. performance
30. This information is useful in predicting the capacity of the entity to generate cash flows from
its existing resource base. It is also useful in forming judgments about the effectiveness with
which the entity might employ additional resources.
a. economic resources c. liquidity and solvency
b. financial structure d. performance
31. This information is useful in assessing an entity’s its investing, financing and operating
activities during the reporting period.
a. economic resources c. cash flows
b. financial structure d. performance
32. Financial statements are prepared and presented for external users by many entities around
the world. Although such financial statements may appear similar from country to country,
there are differences which have probably been caused by a variety of social, economic and
legal circumstances and by different countries having in mind the needs of different users of
financial statements when setting national requirements. These different circumstances have
led/ resulted to all of the following except
a. use of a variety of definitions of the elements of financial statements; that is, for example,
assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses.
b. use of different criteria for the recognition of items in the financial statements and in a
preference for different bases of measurement.
c. different audit opinions resulting to various losses, litigations and differences in audit
standards
d. differences in the scope of the financial statements and the disclosures made in them.
(Adapted)
33. Nearly all users of financial statements are making economic decisions which include the
following
I. decide when to buy, hold or sell an equity investment
II. assess the stewardship or accountability of management
III. assess the ability of the entity to pay and provide other benefits to its employees
IV. assess the security for amounts lent to the entity
V. determine taxation policies
VI. determine distributable profits and dividends
VII. prepare and use national income statistics
VIII. regulate the activities of entities
State how many items are correctly included in the list.
a. 4 to 5 b. 5 to 6 c. 6 to 7 d. all items are correctly included
34. When determining how liquid a company is which ratio best provides the indication?
a. Debt to worth ratio c. Inventory turnover
b.Dupont ratio d. Current ratio
(Adapted)
35. Which is the best ratio indicator for the solvency of a company?
a. Cash flow to debt c. Current ratio
b.Return of average assets d. Debt to equity ratio
(Adapted)
37. It refers to the availability of cash in the near future after taking account of financial
commitments over this period.
a. Financial structure c. Solvency
b. d. Performance
Liquidity
38. It refers to the availability of cash over the longer term to meet financial commitments as they
fall due.
a. Financial structure c. Solvency
b. Liquidity d. Performance
39. The following statements relate to the objective of financial statements except
a. Information about financial structure is useful in predicting future borrowing needs and
how future profits and cash flows will be distributed among those with an interest in the
entity; it is also useful in predicting how successful the entity is likely to be in raising
further finance.
b. Information about liquidity and solvency is useful in predicting the ability of the entity to
meet its financial commitments as they fall due.
c. Information about the performance of an entity, in particular its profitability is required in
order to assess potential changes in the economic resources that it is likely to control in
the future.
d. Information about performance is useful in predicting the capacity of the entity to
generate revenues but not cash flows from its existing resource base. It is also useful in
forming judgments about the effectiveness with which the entity might employ additional
resources.
e. Information concerning changes in the financial position of an entity is useful in order to
assess its investing, financing and operating activities during the reporting period. This
information is useful in providing the user with a basis to assess the ability of the entity to
generate cash and cash equivalents and the needs of the entity to utilize those cash flows.
42. Information about changes in financial position is provided in the financial statements
a. through the statement of cash flows
b. through the statement of changes in equity
c. by means of a separate statement
d. all of the above
43. The following relate to the elements of the financial statements which include (1) elements
directly related to the measurement of financial position and (2) elements directly related to
measurement of profit. Which of the following statements is correctly stated?
I. An asset is a resource controlled by the entity as a result of past events and from which
future economic benefits are expected to flow to the entity.
II. A liability is a present obligation of the entity arising from past events, the settlement of
which is expected to result in an outflow from the entity of resources embodying
economic benefits.
III. Equity is the residual interest in the assets of the entity after deducting all its liabilities.
IV. Income is increases in economic benefits during the accounting period in the form of
inflows or enhancements of assets or decreases of liabilities that result in increases in
equity, other than those relating to contributions from equity participants.
V. Expenses are decreases in economic benefits during the accounting period in the form of
outflows or depletions of assets or incidences of liabilities that result in decreases in
equity, other than those relating to distributions to equity participants.
a. I, II, III b. I, II, III, IV c. I, II, III, V d. I, II, III, IV, V
44. The future economic benefits embodied in an asset may flow to the entity in a number of
ways which include all of the following except
a. Used singly or in combination with other assets in the production of goods or services to
be sold by the entity
b. Exchanged for other assets
c. Used to settle a liability
d. Used to incur or replace an obligation with another obligation
e. Distributed to the owners of the entity
45. The settlement of a present obligation usually involves the entity giving up resources
embodying economic benefits in order to satisfy the claim of the other party .Settlement of a
present obligation may occur in a number of ways which includes all of the following except
a. Payment of cash or transfer of other assets
b. Replacement of the obligation with another obligation
c. Provision of services
d. Conversion of the obligation to asset
47. Measurement is the process of determining the monetary amounts at which the elements of the
financial statements are to be recognized and carried in the balance sheet and income
statement. This involves the selection of the particular basis of measurement. A number of
different measurement bases are employed to different degrees and in varying combinations in
financial statements. The measurement bases enumerated in the Conceptual Framework
include all of the following except
a. Historical cost d. Present value
b. Current cost e. Fair
c. Realizable Value
value
48. The measurement basis most commonly adopted by entities in preparing their financial
statements is
a. Historical cost c. Present Value
b. Fair value d. Current cost
49. According to the framework, certain assets are reported in financial statements at the amount
of cash or its equivalent that would have to be paid if the same or equivalent assets were
acquired currently. What is the name of the reporting concept?
a. Replacement cost c. Historical cost
b. Current market value d. Net realizable value
(AICPA)
50. Historical cost is a measurement base currently used in financial accounting. Which of the
following measurement bases is also currently used in financial accounting? (Item #1) Current
selling price; (Item #2) Discounted cash flow; (Item #3) Replacement
cost
a. Yes, No, Yes c. Yes, No, No
b. Yes, Yes, d. No, Yes, Yes
(AICPA)
Yes
51. When discussing asset valuation, the following valuation bases are sometimes mentioned:
replacement cost, exit value and discounted value. Which of these bases should be considered
a current value measure?
a. Replacement cost and exit value only
b. Replacement cost and discounted cash
c. Exit value and discounted cash flow only
d. Replacement cost, exit value, and discounted cash flow
(AICPA)
52. Four types of money prices are used in measuring resources in financial accounting. The type
which uses such concepts as present value, discounted cash flow and value in use is known as
a. Price in a current purchase exchange
b. Price in past purchase exchange
c. Price based on future exchange
d. Price in a current sale exchange
(AICPA)
53. The measurement basis most often used to report a long-term payable representing a
commitment to pay money at a determinable future date is
a. Historical cost. c. Net realizable value.
b.Current cost. d. Present value of future cash flows.
(AICPA)
55. Imputing interest for certain assets and liabilities is primarily based on the concept of
a. Valuation c. Consistency
b. Conservatism d. Stable monetary unit
(AICPA)
Underlying assumption
57. Under the Conceptual Framework, the underlying assumption is
a. Relevance and reliability
b. Concepts of capital maintenance
c. Accrual basis and going concern
d. Going concern
58. It is assumed that the entity has neither the intention nor the need to liquidate or curtail
materially the scale of its operations; if such an intention or need exists, the financial
statements may have to be prepared on a different basis and, if so, the basis used is disclosed.
a. Growing Concern c. Cash Basis
b. Accrual Basis d. Going Concern
61. The valuation of a promise to receive cash in the future at present value on the financial
statements of a company is valid because of the accounting concept of
a. Entity b. Materiality c. Going concern d.
Neutrality (Adapted)
Qualitative characteristics
62. These identify the types of information that are likely to be most useful to the existing and
potential investors, lenders and other creditors for making decisions about the reporting entity
on the basis of information in its financial report (financial information)
a. Relevance and Faithful representation c. Qualitative characteristics
b. Fundamental qualitative characteristics d. Pervasive constraint
63. What are qualitative characteristics of financial statements according to the Conceptual
Framework?
a. Qualitative characteristics are the attributes that make the information provided in
financial statements useful to users.
b. Qualitative characteristics are broad classes of financial effects of transactions and other
events.
c. Qualitative characteristics are nonquantitative aspects of an entity’s position and
performance and changes in financial position.
d. Qualitative characteristics measure the extent to which an entity has complied with all
relevant Standards and Interpretations.
(Adapted)
64. Under the Conceptual Framework, qualitative characteristics are sub-classified into
a. primary and secondary qualitative characteristics
b. major and minor qualitative characteristics
c. fundamental characteristics and those that enhance the usefulness of financial information
d. not sub-classified
65. Identify the fundamental qualitative characteristics under the Conceptual Framework.
I. Relevance
II.Reliability
III.Faithful representation
IV.Comparability
V. Verifiability
VI.Timeliness
VII.Understandability
a. I, II b. I, III c. I, II, III, IV, V, VI d. IV, V, VI, VII
66. Identify the qualitative characteristics that enhance the usefulness of financial information.
I. Relevance
II. Reliability
III. Faithful representation
IV. Comparability
V. Verifiability
VI. Timeliness
VII. Understandability
a. I, II b. I, c. II, III, IV, V, d. IV, V, VI,
III VII VII
67. Which of the following are ingredients of relevance under the Conceptual Framework?
I. Predictive value
II. Confirmatory value
III. Timeliness
IV. Materiality
a. I, II b. I, II, III c. I, II, IV d. I, II, III, IV
68. Which of the following are ingredients of faithful representation under the Conceptual
Framework?
I. Completeness
II. Neutrality
III. Free from error
IV. Reliability
a. I, II b. I, II, III c. I, II, IV d. I, II, III, IV
69. According to the Conceptual Framework, the predictive value of the income statement is
enhanced if
a. unusual, abnormal and infrequent items of income or expense are separately disclosed.
b. the transaction approach is used
c. expenses are presented according to their function
d. the multiple-step method is used
70. For this qualitative characteristic, users are assumed to have a reasonable knowledge of
business and economic activities and accounting and a willingness to study the information
with reasonable diligence. However, information about complex matters that should be
included in the financial statements because of its relevance to the economic decision-making
needs of users should not be excluded merely on the grounds that it may be too difficult for
certain users to understand.
a. Relevance c. Understandability
b. Reliability d. Comparability
71. Information has this quality when it influences the economic decisions of users by helping
them evaluate past, present or future events or confirming, or correcting, their past
evaluations.
a. Predictive Value c. Reliability
b. Relevance d. Understandability
73. It depends on the size of the item or error judged in the particular circumstances of its
omission or misstatement and provides a threshold or cut-off point rather than being a
primary qualitative characteristic which information must have if it is to be useful.
a. Materiality b. Relevance c. Budget d. Variance
74. Which of the following is the pervasive constraint under the Conceptual Framework?
a. c. Balance between Qualitative Characteristics
Timeliness
b. Cost constraint d. all of the choices
76. This concept defines the accountant’s area of interests and determines what information
should be included in, or excluded from the financial statements.
a. Periodicity c. Accrual basis
b. Going concern d. Accounting
(Adapted) entity
77. An essential quality of the information provided in financial statements is that it is readily
understandable by users. For this purpose, users are
I. Assumed to have a reasonable knowledge of business and economic activities and
accounting and a willingness to study the information with reasonable diligence.
II. Informed of the accounting policies employed and changes in those policies and the
effects of such changes.
a. I b. II c. I and II d. Neither I nor II
(Adapted)
78. Decision makers vary widely in the types of decisions they make, the methods of decision
making they employ, the information they already possess or can obtain from other sources,
and their ability to process information. Consequently, for information to be useful there must be
a linkage between these users and the decisions they make. This link is
a. Relevance b. Reliability c. Understandability d.
Materiality (Adapted)
80. Which of the following accounting concepts states that before a transaction is recorded,
sufficient evidence must exist to allow two or more knowledgeable individuals to reach
essentially the same conclusion about the transaction?
a. Continuity assumption c. Cost principle
b. Materiality constraint d. Verifiability quality
82. If, in Year 1, a company used LIFO; year 2, FIFO; and in year 3, moving average cost for
inventory valuation, which of the following assumptions, constraints, or principles would be
violated:
a. consistency b. time period c. matching d. comparability
83. Technically it is the quality of information that allows comparisons within a single entity
through time or from one accounting period to the next.
a. Comparability b. Consistency c. Reliability d. Uniformity
87. Consistency is an important factor in comparability within a single entity, although the two
are not the same. The consistency standard of reporting requires that
a. Some costs should be recognized as expenses on the basis of a presumed direct
association with specific revenue.
b. Assets whose prices or utility are increased by external events other than transfers should
be retained in the accounting records at their recorded amounts until they are exchanged.
c. Historical cost should be the primary basis used in measuring inventory; intangible assets
and property, plant and equipment.
d. Changes in circumstances or in the nature of the underlying transactions should be
disclosed.
89. A company reports only its total account receivable balance in its balance sheet, as opposed
to a complete listing of its individual customer balances. This is an example of
a. Consistency b. Materiality c. Cost/benefit d. Conservatism
(Adapted)
90. Which of the following statements do not correctly relate to the provisions of the Conceptual
Framework?
I. Consistency is not an important factor in comparability within single entity.
II. Matching is an accounting concept that states that an accounting transaction should be
supported by sufficient evidence to allow two or more qualified individuals to arrive at
essentially similar measures and conclusions.
III. Timeliness is an ingredient of the primary qualitative characteristic of verifiability.
IV. Comparability of financial information between entities is the same as comparability
within a single enterprise.
V. The responsibility for the reliability of an entity’s financial statements rests with the
management.
a. I, II, III, IV b. I, III, IV, V c. III, IV, V d. V
91. The type of consistency also known as “intracomparability” or “period to period” consistency
is
a. horizontal consistency c. vertical consistency
b. three dimensional consistency d. inter comparability
92. Which of the following is considered a pervasive constraint by the Conceptual Framework for
the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements?
a. Benefits/costs b. Conservatism c. Timeliness d. Verifiability
93. Which of the following four statements about accounting concepts or principles are correct?
I. The money measurement concept is that items in accounts are initially measured at their
historical cost.
II. In order to achieve comparability it may sometimes be necessary to override the prudence
concept.
III To facilitate comparisons between different entities it is helpful if accounting policies and
. changes in them are disclosed.
IV. To comply with the law, the legal form of a transaction must always be reflected in
financial statements.
a. I and III b. I and IV c. III only d. II and
III (ACCA)
96. The Conceptual Framework sets out general recognition principles of financial statement
elements which include all of the following except
a. asset recognition c. equity recognition
b. liability recognition d. gain recognition
97. The following statements relate to the concept of “revenue.” Which statement is not true?
a. Income determination is a technical term that refers to the process of identifying,
measuring and relating revenue and expenses during an accounting period.
b. Transactions like issuance of capital stock and payment of dividends between the business
entity and its owners cannot give rise to revenue.
c. Deferred revenue is synonymous with unrealized revenue.
d.The definition of income encompasses both revenue and gains.
(Adapted)
98. Assume that employees confessed to a P500,000 inventory theft but are not able to make
restitution. How should this material fraud be shown in the financial statements?
a. Classified as a loss and shown as a separate line item in the income statement.
b. Initially classified as an accounts receivable because the employees are responsible for the
goods. Because they cannot pay, the loss would be recognized as a write-off of accounts
receivable.
c. Included in cost of goods sold because the goods are not on hand, losses on inventory
shrinkage are ordinary, and it would cause the east amount of attention.
d.Recorded directly to retained earnings because it is not an income-producing item.
(Adapted)
99. The framework classifies gains and losses based on whether they are related to an entity's
major ongoing or central operations. These gains or losses may be classified as (Item #1)
Nonoperating; (Item #2) Operating
a. Yes, No b. Yes, Yes c. No, Yes d. No, No
101. According to the framework, the objectives of financial reporting for business entities
are based on
a. The need for conservatism.
b. Reporting on management's stewardship.
c.Generally accepted accounting principles.
d. The needs of the users of the information.
102.Information about economic resources controlled by the entity and its capacity to modify
these resources is useful in predicting
I. The ability of the entity to generate cash and cash equivalents in the future.
II. The capacity of the entity to generate cash flows from its operations.
a. I only b. II only c. I and II d. Neither I nor II
103.During a period when an entity is under the direction of a particular management, financial
reporting will directly provide information about
a. Both entity performance and management performance
b. Management performance but not entity performance
c. Entity performance but not management performance
d. Neither entity performance nor management performance.
(Adapted)
106. Which of the following is not an important characteristic or limitation of the financial
statements that accountants currently prepare?
a. The information in financial statements is expressed in units of money adjusted for
changing purchasing power.
b. Financial statements articulate with one another because measuring financial position is
related to measuring changes in financial position
c. The information in financial statements is summarized and. classified to help meet users’
needs.
d.Financial statements can be justified only if the benefits they provide exceed the costs.
(Adapted)
107.A condensed report of how the activities of a business have been financed and how the
financial resources have been used is referred to as:
a. income statement c. statement of cash flows
b. balance sheet d. notes
109. Determining periodic earnings and financial position depends on measuring economic
resources and obligations and changes in them as these changes occur. This explanation
pertains to
a. Disclosure b. Accrual basis c. Materiality d. Matching
110. According to the framework, the process of reporting an item in the financial statements of
an entity is
a. Recognition b. Realization c. Allocation d. Matching
111. What is the purpose of information presented in notes to the financial statements?
a. To provide disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles.
b. To correct improper presentation in the financial statements.
c. To provide recognition of amounts not included in the totals of the financial statements.
d.To present management's responses to auditor comments.
(Adapted)
112. An entity with total assets of 100,000,000 and net profit of 9,000,000 purchases staplers
with an estimated life of 10 years for 1,000. In connection with the purchase, the entity debits
miscellaneous expense. This scenario is most closely associated with which of the following
concepts or principles?
e. Materiality and going concern.
f. Relevance and neutrality.
g. Reliability and comparability.
d. Materiality and the balance between cost and benefit
(Adapted)
113. An entity’s revenue may result from
a. A decrease in an asset from primary operations
b. An increase in an asset from incidental transactions
c. An increase in a liability from incidental
d. Atransactions
decrease in a liability from primary operations
115. Which of the following statements is not consistent with generally accepted
accounting principles as they relate to asset valuation?
a. Assets are originally recorded in the accounting records at cost to the entity
b. Accountants assume that assets such as supplies, buildings and equipment will be used in
the business operations rather than sold
c. Subtracting total liabilities from total assets results in the current market value of equity
d. Accountants base asset valuation upon objective, verifiable evidence rather than on
personal opinion
(Adapted)
116. Which of the following would be matched with current revenues on a basis other than
association of cause and effect?
a. goodwill b. sales commission c. cost of sales d. purchases
(Adapted)
117. Some costs cannot be directly related to particular revenue but are incurred to obtain benefits
that are exhausted in the period in which costs are incurred. An example of such cost is
118. The basic elements of the financial position of an entity include the following:
I. economic resources of an entity that are recognized in conformity with GAAP
II. economic obligations of an entity that are recognized in conformity with GAAP
III. gross increases in assets or gross decreases in liabilities recognized and measured in
conformity with GAAP
IV. the interest of owners in an entity which is the excess of an entity’ assets over its liabilities
V. gross decreases in assets or gross increases in liabilities recognized and measured in
conformity with GAAP
a. I, II, III, IV, V b. I, II, III, IV c. I, II, III d. I, II, IV
119.In December 200A catalogs were printed for use in a special promotion in January 200B. The
catalogs were delivered by the printer on December 31, 200A, with an invoice for P70,000
attached. Payment was made in January 200B. The P70,000 should be reported as a deferred
cost at the December 31, 200A balance sheet because of the
a. Matching principle. c. Reliability
b. Revenue recognition principle principle.
(Adapted) d. Cost principle.
120. In expense recognition principle, which of the following is not an important class of
expense?
a. expenditures to acquire assets
b. expenses from non-reciprocal transfers and casualties
c. cost of assets other than products disposed of
d.decline in market prices of inventories held for sale
(Adapted)
121. Whenever costs or expenses cannot be reasonably associated with specific products
but can be associated with specific revenues, the cost should be,
a. expensed in the period in which the related revenue is recognized
b. charged to expense in the period incurred
c. allocated to specific products based on the best estimate of the production processing time
d. capitalized an amortized over a period not to exceed 24 months
(Adapted)
122. Which of the following is expended under the systematic and rational allocation
principle of expense recognition?
123. A patent being amortized for a period of (10) years was found to have no future
benefits on the fifth year. The write off of the asset on the fifth year is an example of the
principle of:
a. immediate recognition c. systematic and rational allocation
b. associating cause and effect d. realization
(Adapted)
124. Which of the following is an application of the principle of systematic and rational
allocation?
a. Depreciation of equipment c. Research and development costs.
b. Sales d. Officers' salaries.
commissions.
125. The matching concept:
a. requires that the debit is matched or posted for every credit
b. is the name applied to the process of associating expenses with revenues
c. treats all costs as being directly related to revenue generation
d.treats all costs as expenses
(Adapted)
126. Which of the following in the most precise sense, means the process of converting
noncash resources and rights into cash or claims to cash?
a. Allocation b. Recordation c. Recognition d.
Realization (Adapted)
130. In addition to a statement of a financial position, statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity, and statement of cash flows, a
complete set of financial statements must include
a. notes c. net present value of expected future cash flows
b. an auditor’s opinion d. a ten-year summary of operations
(Adapted)
132. The primary factor that distinguishes a capital expenditure from a revenue expenditure is:
a. the period in which the expenditure was made
b. the period or periods expected to be benefited
c. the account to be charged
d.the materiality of the expenditure
(RPCPA)
134. A modifying convention adopted which is deemed to increase the usefulness of the
income statement regardless of effect on the balance sheet or other financial statements
a. application of judgment by the accounting profession as a whole
b. matching
c. emphasis on income
d. conservatism
(RPCPA)
135. The total of net income and depreciation which is available for dividends, expansion of
facilities, replacement of assets and for reserve is called
a. Accounting c. Economic
profit
b. Cash income
earnings
(RPCPA) d. Gross income
142. Under this concept, a profit is earned only if the financial (or money) amount of the net
assets at the end of the period exceeds the financial ( or money) amount of net assets at the
beginning of the period, after excluding any distributions to, and contributions from, owners
during the period. It can be measured in either nominal monetary units or units of constant
purchasing power.
c. Concept of capital c. Financial capital maintenance concept
d. Concept of capital maintenance d. Physical capital maintenance concept
143. Under this concept, a profit is earned only if the physical productive capacity ( or operating
capability) of the entity (or the resources or funds needed to achieve that capacity) at the end
of the period exceeds the physical productive capacity at the beginning of the period, after
excluding any distributions to, and contributions from, owners during the period.
a. Concept of capital c. Financial capital maintenance concept
b. Concept of capital maintenance d. Physical capital maintenance concept
144.It is the residual amount that remains after expenses (including capital maintenance
adjustments, where appropriate) have been deducted from income. If expenses exceed
income, the residual amount is a net loss.
a. Equity b. Capital c. Profit d. Net Gains
145.This capital maintenance concept requires the adoption of the current cost basis of
measurement.
a. Physical capital maintenance c. Capital maintenance
b. Financial capital maintenance d. Concept of capital
146. The particular basis of measurement financial capital maintenance concept requires the
use of
a. Historical cost b. Current cost c. Nominal cost d. No particular basis
147. The principal difference between the two concepts of capital maintenance is the
a. treatment of the effects of changes in the prices of assets and liabilities of the entity
b. the basis of measurement required under each concept
c. the valuation of capital being maintained
d. treatment of excess earnings
148. Under the concept of financial capital maintenance
wheremonetary
nominal capital isunits,
defined in represents
profit terms of
a. the increase in nominal money capital over the period
b. the increase in that capital over the period
c. the increase in invested purchasing power over the period
d. the increase in invested purchasing power and net holding gains during the period
149. When the concept of financial capital maintenance is defined in terms of constant
purchasing power units, profit represents
e. the increase in nominal money capital over the period
f. the increase in that capital over the period
c. the increase in invested purchasing power over the period
d. the increase in invested purchasing power and net holding gains during the period
150. Under the concept of physical capital maintenance when capital is defined in terms of
the physical productive capacity, profit represents
a. the increase in nominal money capital over the period
b. the increase in physical productive capacity (or operating capability) over the period
c. the increase in invested purchasing power over the period
d. the increase in invested purchasing power and net holding gains during the period
151. Under the concept of financial capital maintenance where capital is defined in terms of
nominal monetary units, increases in the prices of assets held over the period, conventionally
referred to as holding gains, are, conceptually
a. profits but they may not be recognized as such until the assets are disposed of in an
exchange transaction
b. profits and they may be recognized as such during the period they arise
c. not profits but they may be recognized as such over the period until the assets are disposed
of in an exchange transaction
d. not profits but they may be recognized as profits only until the assets are disposed of in an
exchange transaction
152. When the concept of financial capital maintenance is defined in terms of constant
purchasing power units and prices increase during the period
a. all of the increase in the prices of assets is considered as profits
b. only that part of the increase in the prices of assets that exceeds the increase in the general
level of prices is regarded as profit
c. that part of the increase in the prices of assets that exceeds the increase in the general level
and specific level of prices is regarded as profit, the rest of the increase is not treated as
profit
d. none of the increase is treated as profit
153. The selection of the measurement bases and concept of capital, maintenance will determine
the accounting model used in the preparation of the financial statements. Different accounting
models exhibit different degrees of relevance and reliability and, as in other areas;
management must seek a balance between relevance and reliability. The Framework is
applicable to a range of accounting models and provides guidance on preparing and presenting
the financial statements constructed under the chosen model. At the present time,
e. the accounting model prescribed is Assets = Liability + Capital
f. the accounting model prescribed is Assets = Liability + Capital + Revenues – Expenses
g. the accounting model prescribed is Assets – Liability – Preference shareholders’ equity =
Ordinary shareholders’ equity
d. no particular model is prescribed
Chapter 4
Cash & Cash
Equivalents
Chapter 4: Theory of Accounts
Reviewer Cash and cash equivalents
1. Which of the following is not
considered cash for financial
reporting purposes?
a. Petty cash funds and change
funds checks and I.O.U.'s
d. Postdated
b. Money orders, certified checks,
(Adapted)
and personal checks
c.
2. WhichCoin, currency,
of the andmay
following available
properly be included as part of cash to be reported in the
funds 31, 200A statement of financial position?
December
a. Treasury bills maturing on March 31, 200B, acquired on December 1, 200A.
b. Customer’s check dated January 1, 200B and sent to bank for deposit on December 31,
200A.
c. Shares of stocks to be sold on the first week of January 200B.
d. Preference shares with mandatory redemption and acquired three months prior to
redemption date.
7. Alaking received cash to be held in trust for Ambit under an escrow agreement. Such cash
should be presented in Alaking’s financial statements as
a. part of cash
b. a liability
c. an asset and a liability
d. an off-balance sheet item but disclosed in the notes
8. These are short-term, highly liquid investments that are so near their maturity that they
represent insignificant risk of changes in value due to changes in interest rates.
a. Cash and Cash equivalents c. Treasury notes
b. Treasury bills d. Cash equivalents
9. When the bank receives cash from a depositor, the cash should be credited to
a. Cash c. Accounts payable
b. Cash in bank d. Deposit liability
10.Devin Co.'s cash balance in its balance sheet is P1,300,000, of which P300,000 is identified as
a compensating balance. In addition, Devin has classified cash of P250,000 that has been
restricted for future expansion plans as "other assets". Which of the following should Devin
disclose in notes to its financial statements?
(Item #1) Compensating balance; (Item #2) Restricted cash
a. Yes, Yes b. Yes, No c. No, Yes d. No,
No
(AICPA)
14.On an entity’s December 31, 20x1 statement of financial position which of the following
items should be included in the amount reported as cash?
I. A check payable to the enterprise, dated January 2, 20x2, in payment of a sale made in
December 20x1.
II. A check drawn on the enterprise’s account, payable to a vendor, dated and recorded in the
company’s books on December 31, 20x1 but not mailed until January 10, 2002.
a. I only b. II only c. I and II only d. Neither I nor II (Adapted)
15. The amount reported as "Cash" on a company's balance sheet normally should
exclude a. checks that are payable to the company
postdated
b. cash in a payroll account
c. undelivered checks written and signed by the company
d. petty cash
(Adapted)
18.Compensating balance agreements that do not legally restrict the amount of funds shown on
the balance sheet should:
a. be reported in the current asset section
b. be reported in the Long-term investment section
c. be reported in the other asset section
d. be reported in the footnotes
(Adapted)
21.If material, deposit in foreign countries which are subject to foreign exchange restriction
should be shown separately as
a. Current asset with no disclosure of the restriction.
b. Non-current asset with no disclosure of the restriction.
c. Current assets with disclosure of the restriction.
d. Non-current asset with disclosure of the restriction.
23. When making payments to suppliers, an entity normally credits this account.
a. Cash c. Cash in bank
b. Vouchers payable d. Accounts payable
24. Which of the following is least likely the purpose of preparing bank
reconciliation?
a. to bring the cash in bank balance per books and per bank statement in agreement
b. toasdetect
c. an internal
fraud control procedure for safeguarding assets
d. to recognize items such as expenses and assets not recorded
26. Which of the following is not a basic characteristic of a system of cash control?
a. Use of a voucher system
b. Combined responsibility for handling and recording cash
c. Daily deposit of all cash received
d.Internal audits at irregular intervals
(Adapted)
28. Which of the following checks illustrate deposits/ transfers in transit at December 31,
2001?
a. #101 and #202. c. #202 and #404
b. #101 and #303 d. #303 and #404
(AICPA)
29. For effective eternal control over the disbursement of payroll checks, an enterprise makes a
specific amount of cash available in a checking account for this limited purpose. The type of
account used for this purpose is called a(n)
a. General checking account c. Lockbox
b. Imprest bank account account
(Adapted) d. Compensating balance
32. A voucher system is used in connection with transactions that involve only
a. The receipt of cash c. The purchase and sale of merchandise
b. The payment of cash d. Revenue and expense
33. It is the business paper which a company makes for every cash payment.
a. Check b. Voucher c. Journal d. Official receipt
34. After vouchers are recorded, they are filed in an “unpaid vouchers file”
a. c.
Numerically
b. In the order of payment Chronologically
d. No particular order
35. Which of the following is not a correct way of handling a voucher system?
a. Purchases are recorded in the voucher register at gross by debiting purchases and crediting
vouchers payable.
b. Payment of purchases with discounts is recorded in the check register by debiting vouchers
payable at gross and crediting respectively cash in bank and purchase discounts.
c. In case there are purchase returns and allowances, there is no need to cancel the original
voucher and the issuance of a new one for the lower amount because adjusting entries
could later on be prepared.
d. When installments or other payments are made on an invoice, a separate voucher is prepared
for the amount of each check issued.
(Adapted)
36. Which of the following is a key element of internal control over cash payments?
a. periodically reconciling the cash account balance on the company's books to the bank
statement balance
b. making daily bank deposits
c. requiring that all petty cash vouchers be approved by two signatures
d.authorizing and verifying that all cash received is recorded daily
(Adapted)
38. This occurs when collection of receivable from one customer is misappropriated and then
concealed by applying a subsequent collection from another customer.
a. Lapping b. Kiting c. Window dressing d. Fraud
39. This occurs when cash shortage is concealed by overstating the balance of cash. This is
performed by exploiting the float period (the time it needs for a check to clear at the bank it
was drawn).
a. Lapping b. Kiting c. Window dressing d. Fraud
40.This document shows the dates of all transfers of cash among the various bank accounts. Its
primary purpose is to help auditors detect kiting.
a. Cut-off bank statement c. Bank transfer schedule
b. Bank reconciliation d. Proof of cash
41.This document is a bank statement prepared a few days after month-end. Its purpose is to help
auditors verify reconciling items on the year-end bank reconciliation.
a. Cut-off bank statement c. Bank transfer schedule
b. Bank d. Proof of cash
reconciliation
42. This refer to measures taken by management to make a business look as strong as possible in
its statement of financial position, statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income,
and statement of cash flows. It occurs when books are not closed at year-end and transactions
in the subsequent period are deliberately recorded in current period in order to improve the
entity’s financial performance or financial ratios.
a. Lapping b. Kiting c. Window dressing d. Fraud
43.This internal control for cash requires that cash collections are deposited intact and cash
disbursements are made through check.
a. Segregation of duties c. Imprest system
b. Voucher system d. Bank reconciliation
Petty cash
44. Who is responsible, at all times, for the amount of the petty cash fund?
a. The president c. The general cashier
b. The general office manager d. The petty cash custodian
45. Which of the following is not an appropriate procedure for controlling the petty cash
a. fund?
The petty cash custodian files receipts by category of expenditure after their presentation
to the general cashier so that variations in different types of expenditures can be monitored.
b. Surprise counts of the fund are made from time to time by a superior of the petty cash
custodian to determine that the fund is being accounted for satisfactorily.
c. The petty cash custodian obtains signed receipts from each individual to whom petty cash
is paid.
d. Upon receiving petty cash receipts as evidence of disbursements, the general cashier issues
a company check to the petty cash custodian, rather than cash, to replenish the fund.
(Adapted)
48. In most situations, the petty cash fund is reimbursed just prior to the year end and an
adjusting entry is made to avoid
a. the overstatement of cash and the understatement of expenses.
b. the understatement of cash and the overstatement of expenses.
c. the misstatement of revenues.
d. the understatement of cash with the appropriate statement of expenses.
(Adapted)
49. In replenishing a petty cash fund, which one of the following entries is required?
a. Debit Petty Cash, credit Cash in bank
b. Debit individual expense accounts, credit Cash in
bank
c. Debit Petty Cash, credit individual expense accounts
d. Debit Cash in bank, credit Petty Cash
50. On January 1, 20x1, UFC Co. established a petty cash fund of P400. On December 31, 20x1,
the petty cash fund was examined and found to have receipts and documents for miscellaneous
expenses amounting to P364. In addition, there was cash amounting to P44. What entry would
be required to record replenishment of the petty cash fund on December 31, 20x1?
a. Petty Cash.................................364
Cash Short and Over..............................................8
Cash in
bank.......................................................356
b. Miscellaneous Expense...........364
Cash Short and Over..............................................8
Petty Cash..........................................................356
c. Miscellaneous Expense...........364
Cash Short and
Over...............................................8
Cash in
bank........................................................356
d. Miscellaneous Expense...........356
(Adapted)
Cash Short and Over....................8
Cash in
Bank reconciliation
bank........................................................364
51. Adjusting and correcting entries in the books of the company are necessary for
a. Book reconciling c. Errors committed by the bank
items
b. Bank reconciling d. a and c
items
52. Bank reconciliations are normally prepared
a. on “as needed” basis b.
c. on a monthly basis
d. every time financial statements are prepared
only at year-end
53.In preparing the bank reconciliation, certified checks should be excluded from outstanding
checks. The rationale for this treatment is
a. the bank, when certifying checks, draws the check in its account
b. the bank, when certifying checks, automatically debits the company’s account
c. the bank, when certifying checks, automatically credits the company’s account
d. the bank, when certifying checks, assumes the obligation to pay the drawee when the check
is presented for payment
54.Unless otherwise stated, reconciling items are presumed to have been taken up in the books or
taken up by the bank
a. during the month the bank statement is prepared
b. in the immediately following month
c. in the immediately preceding month
d. in the immediately following or preceding reporting period, on a case-to-case basis
55.In preparing the bank reconciliation using the adjusted balance method, the first item listed in
the bank reconciliation report for reconciling the balance of cash in bank per books to the
adjusted balance is the
a. balance of cash in bank per books as of the end of the month
b. balance of cash in bank per books as of the beginning of the month
c. balance of cash in bank per bank statement as of the end of the month
d. balance of cash in bank per bank statement as of the beginning of the month
56.In preparing the bank reconciliation using the adjusted balance method, the first item listed in
the bank reconciliation report for reconciling the balance of cash in bank per bank statement to
the adjusted balance is the
a. Balance of cash in bank per books as of the end of the month
b. balance of cash in bank per books as of the beginning of the month
c. balance of cash in bank per bank statement as of the end of the month
d. balance of cash in bank per bank statement as of the beginning of the month
57. In preparing the bank reconciliation using the adjusted balance method, errors to be
included in reconciling the balance per books to the adjusted balance include
a. only the errors committed by the company
b. only the errors committed by the bank
c. both the errors committed by the company and the bank
d. choice (c) if both errors affect the balance per books
58.Which of the following is deducted from the cash balance per bank when computing for the
cash balance reported in the books?
a. Deposit in transit c. Credit memo
b. Error d. Debit memo
59.When presenting a bank reconciliation statement prepared using the book to bank method,
which of the following is as a deduction in order to compute for the cash balance per bank?
60.In reconciling a business cash book with the bank statement, which of the following items
could require a subsequent entry in the cash book?
1. Checks presented after date.
2. A check from a customer which was dishonored.
3. An error by the bank.
4. Bank charges.
5. Deposits credited after date.
6. Standing order entered in bank statement.
a. 2, 3, 4 and 6 b. 1, 2, 5 and 6 c. 2, 4 and 6 d. 1, 3 and
5 (ACCA)
61. A bank reconciliation is
a. A formal financial statement that list all of the bank account
balances of an enterprise.
b. A merger of two banks that previously were competitors.
c. AAschedule
d. statementthat
sent by the bank
accounts to differences
for the depositor onbetween
a monthly
an enterprise’s cash balance as shown
basis.
on its bank statement and the cash balance shown in its general ledger.
(AICPA)
62.If the balance shown on a company's bank statement is less than the correct cash balance, and
neither the company nor the bank has made any errors, there must be
a. deposits credited by the bank but not yet recorded by the company.
b. outstanding checks.
c. bank charges not yet recorded by the company.
d. deposits in transit.
(AICP
A)
63. If the cash balance shown in a company's accounting records is less than the correct
cash balance, and neither the company nor the bank has made any errors, there must be
a. deposits credited by the bank but not yet recorded by the company.
b. deposits in transit.
c. outstanding checks.
d.bank charges not yet recorded by the company.
(Adapted)
66. Which of the following items would be added to the book balance on a bank
reconciliation?
a. Outstanding checks
b. Interest
c. A check written
paid forbank
by the P63 entered as P36 in the accounting records
d. Deposits in transit
(Adapted)
67. In preparing a
bank reconciliation,
a. added to the bank balance c. added to the book balance
interest paid by
b.subtracted thethe
from bank
bank balance d. subtracted from the book balance
on the account is
(Adapted)
68. In preparing a monthly bank reconciliation, which of the following items would be
added to the balance reported on the bank statement to arrive at the correct cash balance?
a. Outstanding checks
b.Bank service charge
c. Deposits in transit
d. A customer's note collected by the bank on behalf of the depositor
69.Bank reconciliations are normally prepared on a monthly basis to identify adjustments needed
in the depositor's records and to identify bank errors. Adjustments should be recorded for
a. bank errors, outstanding checks, and deposits in transit.
b. all items except bank errors, outstanding checks, and deposits in transit.
c. book errors, bank errors, deposits in transit, and outstanding checks.
d. outstanding checks and deposits in transit.
Proof of cash
70.A reconciliation that includes proof of receipts and disbursements that is useful in discovering
possible discrepancies in handling cash over a certain period of time.
a. Bank statement c. Proof of cash
b. Bank reconciliation d. Cash requirements report
71.A device not normally prepared on a regular basis but is a very useful tool during fraud audits
regarding defalcation of cash
a. Lapping statement c. Proof of cash
b. Bank reconciliation d. Cash requirements report
72.Regarding the preparation of a proof of cash, an erroneous book credit committed in the
previous month which is corrected this month
a. is an addition to previous month's balance per books and a deduction to receipts in current
month
b. is a deduction to previous month's balance per books and a deduction to receipts in current
month
c. is an addition to current month's balance per books and a deduction to receipts in previous
month
d. is an addition to previous month's balance per bank statement and a deduction to receipts
in current month
73.When preparing a proof of cash, the correction for an overstatement of cash in the previous
month
a. is an addition to previous month's balance per books and a deduction to receipts in current
month
b. is a deduction to previous month's cash balance and a deduction to current month's
disbursements
c. is an addition to previous month's balance per bank statement and a deduction to receipts
in current month
d. is an addition to previous month's balance per bank statement and a deduction to current
month's disbursements
75.Del Co. prepares a four-column bank reconciliation. Check no. 8859 was written for P5,670
on the books, but the check was written and cleared the bank for the correct amount, P6,570.
The correct treatment on the reconciliation would be:
a. on the bank side, deduct P900 from payments and add P900 to ending balance
b. on the book side, deduct P900 from payments and add P900 to ending balance
c. on the book side, add P900 to payments and deduct P900 from ending balance
d. on the bank side, add P900 to receipts and add P900 to ending balance
(Adapted)
Chapter 5
Receivables (Part
1)
Chapter 5: Theory of Accounts Reviewer
1. Receivables arising from sales to customers are best described as
a. accounts receivables c. trade receivables
b. note receivables d. non-trade receivables
2. If a receivable account has a credit balance
a. the credit balance is offset with other receivable accounts with debit balances
b. an adjusting entry is needed to eliminate the credit balance
c. the credit balance is classified as a liability
d. b and c
3. Which of the following increases the reported receivables in the financial statements?
a. offsetting a credit balance in an account receivable
b. a credit balance in an account payable
c. adjustment to eliminate a debit balance in account payable
d. a credit balance in an allowance account
8. These receivables are classified as current or noncurrent based on the length of the entity’s
normal operating cycle
a. accounts receivables c. trade receivables
b. notes receivables d. nontrade receivables
9. Trade receivables are preferably presented on the face of the statement of financial position
a. as a separate line item distinguished from other receivables
b. as part of one line item, included and undistinguished from other receivables
c. as part of current assets, included and undistinguished from other assets
d. as part of one line item but distinguished from other receivables
13. The entry to be made by the seller for a P10,000 freight on a sale transaction with terms of
FOB Shipping Point, Freight Collect is
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Freight-in 10,000
Cash 10,000 Receivable 10,000
b. Freight-out 10,000 d. No entry
Cash 10,000
14. The entry to be made by the seller for a P10,000 freight on a sale transaction with terms of
FOB Shipping Point, Freight Prepaid is
a. Payable 10,000 c. Freight-out 10,000
Cash 10,000 Cash 10,000
b. Receivable 10,000 d. Cash 10,000
Cash 10,000 Receiva ble 10,000
15. The entry to be made by the seller for a P10,000 freight on a sale transaction with terms of
FOB Destination, Freight Prepaid is
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Freight-in 10,000
Cash 10,000 Receivabl 10,000
e
b. Freight-out 10,000 d. Accounts receivable10,000
Cash 10,000 Cash 10,000
16. What is the effect upon the total assets of a business when an account receivable has been
collected?
a. increase total assets c. no change in total assets
b. decrease total assets d. decrease of receivable only
17. The value at which advances to subsidiaries and affiliates should be carried is
a. face amount
b.fair value
c. face amount less allowance for uncollectible accounts and impairment losses recognized
d. fair value with changes in fair values recognized in profit or
loss
18. If it is known that sales are often recorded for merchandise that is shipped on approval and
available data suggests that a material proportion of such sales are returned by the customers,
a. loss should be recognized under the immediate recognition principle
b. loss should be recognized under the matching concept
c. these estimated future returns must be accrued
d. future returns are ignored
20. The “Allowance for sales discounts” account may be used under
a. Gross method c. Allowance method
b. Net method d. a or b
21. The “Allowance for sales returns” account may be used under
a. Gross method c. Allowance method
b. Net method d. a or b
22. If a company employs the gross method of recording accounts receivable from customers,
then sales discounts taken by customers should be
a. reported as a deduction from sales in the income statement.
b. reported as an item of "other expense" in the income statement.
c. reported as a deduction from accounts receivable in determining the net realizable value
of accounts receivable.
d. reported as sales discounts forfeited in the cost of goods sold section of the income
statement.
23. An allowance for cash discounts that is presented in the financial statements as deduction
from accounts receivable and is based on an estimate of future cash discounts expected to be
taken is an effect of
a. consistency principle c. materiality principle
b. revenue principle d. conservatism principle
24. Poison Company sold merchandise on credit with a list price of P70,000. Terms were 2/10,
n/30. Given the indicated sales discounts methods in the responses, which entry is correct?
a. Gross price method
Accounts receivable 63,000
Sales 63,000
b. Net price method
Accounts receivable 68,600
Sales 68,600
c. Net price method
Accounts receivable 40,000
Sales 40,000
d. Gross price method
Accounts receivable 68,600
Sales 68,600
(RPCPA)
27. The most theoretically sound method of accounting for cash discounts on credit sales is the:
a. net method c. gross method
b. discounted price method d. net present value
(RPCPA)
28. Which of the following is an advantage of using the net price method for recording cash
discounts on credit sales?
a. It eases communication with customers about their balances
b. It properly reflects current period sales revenue
c. It simplifies recording of sales returns and allowances
d.It requires less record keeping than the gross method
(RPCPA)
31. Which of the following is used to calculate the actual adjustment for bad debt expense for the
period?
a. percentage of accounts receivable c. aging
b. percentage of net credit sales d. all of these
32. The allowance for uncollectible accounts is based on all of the following
except:
a. Experience c. Customer fortunes
b. Profitability d. Industry expectations
expectancy
33. Which of the following is a valuable investigation tool for analysis of the collectibility of a
firm's receivables?
a. Determining patterns of receivables for peers as a percentage of net credit sales.
b. An examination of any customer concentrations.
c. An analysis of the adequacy of allowances for trade discounts, and returns and allowances.
d. An aging schedule.
e. All of these
34. In practice, the deductions that would be made for estimated returns, allowances, and
discounts are rarely made because
a. they are usually deemed to be immaterial
b. GAAP does not require such allowances
c. it is always difficult to make estimates
d. such estimates are a matter of company policy
36. Doubtful accounts expense should be presented in the income statement under
a. selling expense c. administrative expense
b. other expense d. cost of goods sold
37. When the allowance method of recognizing uncollectible accounts is used, how would the
collection of an account previously written off affect accounts receivable and the allowance
for uncollectible accounts?
Item #1: Accounts receivable; Item #2: Allowance for uncollectible accounts
a. Increase , Decrease c. No effect, Decrease
b.Increase, No effect d. No effect, Increase
(AICPA)
38. Which of the following methods of determining bad debt expense does not conform with the
accrual basis of accounting nor the matching principle?
a. Charging bad debts with a percentage of net credit sales under the allowance method.
b. Charging bad debts with an amount derived from a percentage of accounts receivable
under the allowance method.
c. Charging bad debts with an amount derived from aging accounts receivable under the
allowance method.
d. Charging bad debts as accounts are written off as uncollectible.
39. Which of the following methods of determining bad debt expense best achieves the matching
concept?
a. Percentage of net credit sales
b. Percentage of ending accounts receivable
c. Aging of accounts receivable
d. Direct write-off
40. Which of the following is a generally accepted method of determining the amount of the
adjustment to bad debt expense?
a. A percentage of net credit sales adjusted for the balance in the allowance
b. A percentage of net credit sales not adjusted for the balance in the allowance
c. A percentage of accounts receivable not adjusted for the balance in the allowance
d. An amount derived from aging accounts receivable and not adjusted for the balance in the
allowance
41. The advantage of relating a company's bad debt expense to its credit sale is that this approach
a. gives a reasonably correct statement of receivables in the balance sheet. b.
c. best relates bad debt expense to the period of sale.
d. is the only generally accepted method for valuing accounts receivable.
makes estimates of uncollectible accounts unnecessary.
(AICP
A)
42. Chris Co. prepares an accounts receivable aging schedule with a series of computation as
follows: 2% of the total peso balance of accounts from 1—60 days past due, plus 5% of the
total peso balance of accounts from 61—120 days past due and so on. How would you
describe the total of the, amounts determined in this series of computations?
a. it is the amount of bad debts expense for the year
b. it is the amount that should be added to the allowance for doubtful accounts at year end
c. it is the amount of the desired credit balance of the allowance for doubtful accounts to be
reported in the year-end financial statements
d. when added to the total of accounts written off during the year, this new sum is the desired
credit balance of the allowance account
(RPCPA)
43. Ismael Co. recorded a bad debt recovery using the allowance method of accounting for bad
debts. Compare (X) the working capital before the recovery with (Y), the working capital after
the recovery.
a. X equals c. X is less than Y
Y X is greater than
b. d. X is equal to or less than
Y (RPCPA) Y
44. Mr. Golf Champ maintains the accounts receivable records, authorizes the write-off of
uncollectible accounts, issues credit memoranda to customers, and handles cash receipts from
customers. When customers are late in paying their accounts, Mr. Golf Champ often writes off
the account as uncollectible and abstracts the cash received from the customer. This fraud
should come to light if an employee other than Mr. Golf Champ.
a. reconciles the bank statement to the accounting records
b. reconciles the accounts receivable subsidiary ledger to the controlling account
c. reconciles credit memoranda for sales returns to the returned merchandise accepted by the
receiving department
d. none of the above
(RPCPA)
46. Which of the following methods may not be appropriate for estimating bad debt expense?
a. Individual or collective assessment of outstanding receivables
b. Percentage of outstanding accounts receivable
c. Aging of accounts receivable
d. Percentage of sales
(Adapted)
48. Which of the following accounting principle primarily supports the use of allowance for
doubtful accounts?
a. continuity principle c. matching
b.full-disclosure d. cost principle
(RPCPA)
49. The allowance method of recognizing bad debt expense can be applied in more than one way.
What two conditions must be met before the allowance method can be used?
a. bad debts must be expected and material
b. bad debts must be relevant and reliable
c. bad debts must be probable and estimable
d. bad debts must be consistent over time and the method used to estimate them must be
consistently applied
(RPCPA)
50. A company uses the allowance method to account for bad debts. Early 20x1, one of the
company's best customers went bankrupt. The customer owed for P6,570 of goods purchased
on credit. At the end of 20x1, this amount was considered uncollectible. What entry should be
made to reflect this information?
a. Loss of bad debts 6,570
Accounts receivable
6,570
b. Bad debt expense 6,570
Accounts receivable
6,570
c. Allowance for doubtful accounts 6,570
Accounts receivable
(RPCPA) 6,570
d. Loss on bad debts 6,570
Accounts receivable
51. If a company uses a percentage of receivables in computing the amount of uncollectible
6,570
accounts expense:
a. no valuation allowance will be required
b. the relationship between revenue and expenses is being stressed more than the valuation
of receivables at the balance sheet date.
c. the existing balance in the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts will be increased
sufficiently
to equal the probable loss indicated by the percentage of receivables computation
d. any past-due accounts will be listed as a separate item in the balance sheet
(RPCPA)
52. Eureka Co. sells goods to Ancing, a customer who uses Swipe Credit Card. Eureka should
record this sale as:
a. an account receivable from Ancing.
b.cash receipt.
c. an account receivable from Swipe.
d. an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts.
53. When a company decides to sell its goods on credit, it should evaluate the effect on profit of:
Item #1: Additional Revenues; Item #2: Additional Expenses
a. Yes, Yes b. Yes, No c. No, Yes d. No,
No
(RPCPA)
54. An advantage of relating a company's bad debt expense to its accounts receivable is that this
approach:
a. is the only way generally accepted method for "valuing" accounts receivable.
b. gives a reasonable valuation of accounts receivable in the statement of financial position.
c. does not require estimates of uncollectible accounts.
d. does not require knowledge of the balance in the allowance for doubtful accounts before
adjustment for bad debt expense.
(AICPA)
55. At December 31, before adjusting and closing the accounts had occurred, the Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts of Wise Corporation showed a debit balance of P5,300. An aging of the
accounts receivable indicated the amount probably uncollectible to be P3,900. Under these
circumstances, a year-end adjusting entry for uncollectible accounts expense would include a:
a. debit to the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for P1,400
b. credit to the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for P1,400
c. debit to Uncollectible Accounts Expense, P3,900
d. debit to Uncollectible Accounts Expense, P9,200
(AICPA)
56. When the allowance method of recognizing bad debt expense is used, the entry to record the
specific write-off of a specific customers’ account
a. decreases current assets c. has no effect on profit
b. decreases profit d. decreases working capital
57. When the allowance method of recognizing bad debt expense is used, the entry to record the
specific write-off of an uncollectible account would decrease
a. net accounts receivable c. profit
b. allowance for doubtful accounts d. working capital
58. When the percentage of credit sales method is used in determining doubtful accounts, the
amount computed represents the
a. required balance
b. bad debt expense
c. bad debt expense after adjustments for write-offs, recoveries and changes in the balance
of the allowance for doubtful accounts
d. required balance after adjustments for write-offs, recoveries and changes in the balance of
the allowance for doubtful accounts
59. In its December 31 balance sheet, Devin Co. reported trade accounts receivable of P250,000
and related allowance for uncollectible accounts of P20,000. What is the total amount of risk
of accounting loss related to Devin's trade accounts receivable, and what amount of that risk
is off balance-sheet risk? (Item #1) Risk of accounting loss; (Item #2) Off-balance-sheet risk
a. 0, 0 c. 230,000, 20,000
b. 230,000, 0 d. 250,000, 20,000
(AICP
A)
Chapter 6
Receivables (Part
2)
Chapter 6: Theory of Accounts
Reviewer
1. Which of the following statements correctly relate to accounting for loans and receivables?
I. Andres Company sold equipment to Bonifacio Company, taking in exchange a non-
interest bearing note, the face amount of which was in excess of the fair value of the
equipment. In a balance sheet prepared immediately after receipt of the note, Andres
Company should present the note at its face value plus the anticipated net earnings to the
note.
II. Receivables denominated in a foreign currency, when reported on the year-end statement
of financial position, should be translated to local currency at the rate of exchange at
III acquisition.
. The collection of an account which was previously written off through the allowance
method of recognizing bad debts would affect the total current assets.
IV. Significant amounts of installment receivables should be disclosed
V. Under PAS 1 trade receivables should be shown separately on the face of the balance
sheet. Notes receivable may either be combined with or separated from accounts
receivable.
a. IV, V b. II, IV, V c. I, III, IV, V d. IV
2. Which of the following statements is incorrect regarding the initial recognition of receivables?
a. On initial recognition, the fair value of a short-term receivable may be equal to its face
amount.
b. On initial recognition, the fair value of a long-term receivable bearing a reasonable
interest rate is deemed equal to its face amount.
c. On initial recognition, the fair value of a long-term noninterest bearing receivable is
deemed equal to the present value of future cash flows from the instrument discounted at
the effective interest rate on initial recognition.
d. On initial recognition, the fair value of all interest-bearing receivables is deemed equal to
their face amount.
6. Jellyfish Co. lent P10,000 to a major supplier in exchange for a noninterest-bearing note due
in three years and a contract to purchase a fixed amount of merchandise from the supplier at a
10% discount from prevailing market prices over the next three years. The market rate for a
note of this type is 10%. On issuing the note, Jellyfish should record
(Item #1) Deferred charge; (Item #2) Discount on note receivable
a. Yes, Yes b. Yes, No c. No, Yes d. No, No
(AICPA)
7. On July 1, 2010, a company obtained a two-year 8% note receivable for services rendered. At
that time the market rate of interest was 10%. The face amount of the note and the entire
amount of the interest are due on June 30, 2012. Interest receivable at December 31, 2010,
was
a. 5% of the face value of the note.
b. 4% of the face value of the note.
c. 5% of the July 1,2010, present value of the amount due June 30, 2012.
d.4% of the July 1,2010, present value of the amount due June 30, 2012.
(AICPA)
8. Which of the following best describes the concept of time value of money?
a. interest is earned or incurred on debt instruments due to passage of time
b. interest is earned only on interest-bearing receivables
c. the amount debited to interest receivable is always equal to the interest income recognized
during the period
d. if no interest receivable is recognized, no interest income is also recognized
9. If the contractual cash flow from a debt instrument is due in lump sum, the appropriate present
value factor to be used is
a. PV of c. PV of an annuity due of ₱1
₱1
b. PV of an ordinary annuity of d. No one knows except the CPA
₱1
10. If the contractual cash flows from a debt instrument are due in installments with the first
installment due one period after initial recognition, the appropriate present value factor to be
used is
a. PV of c. PV of an annuity due of
₱1
b. PV of an ordinary annuity of ₱1
₱1 d. Ask the auditor
11. If the contractual cash flows from a debt instrument are due in installments with the first
installment due immediately on initial recognition, the appropriate present value factor to be
used is
a. PV of ₱1 c. PV of an annuity due of ₱1
b. PV of an ordinary annuity of ₱1 d. Please don’t ask me
12. Which of the following is incorrect in relation to the concept of time value of money?
a. Present value is the exact opposite of Future value
b. If a noninterest-bearing note of ₱10,000 has a present value of ₱7,513 then the future
value of ₱7,513 is ₱10,000 using the same discount rate and period used in the present
value computation
c. If the contractual cash flows from a debt instrument are due in semi-annual installments,
the discount rate is divided by 2 and the period is multiplied by 2 in computing for the
present value factor.
d. The concept of time value of money means that the value of money decreases over time
due to inflation.
13. Which of the following is incorrect in relation to accounting for note receivables?
a. a long-term note that is interest-bearing may nonetheless be discounted if it bears an
unreasonable interest rate.
b. the unearned interest income on a noninterest-bearing note receivable represents the total
interest income to be recognized over the life of the note.
c. the present value factor using a period (‘n’) of zero is 1
d. when accounting for noninterest-bearing note, the legal form of the instrument takes
precedence over its substance
14. If “PV” is the present value of an instrument, “CF” is the future cash flows, and “PVF” is the
present value factor, then future cash flows may be computed as
a. CF = PVF + PV c. CF = PVF ÷ PV
b. CF = PVF x PV d. CF = PV ÷ PVF
15. What is the effective interest rate of a bond or other debt instrument measured at amortized
cost?
a. The stated coupon rate of the debt instrument.
b. The interest rate currently charged by the entity or by others for similar debt instruments
(i.e., similar remaining maturity, cash flow pattern, currency, credit risk, collateral, and
interest basis).
c. The interest rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts
through the expected life of the debt instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to
the net carrying amount of the instrument.
d. The basic, risk-free interest rate that is derived from observable government bond prices.
(Adapted)
16. Which of the following is true regarding non-interest bearing note receivables?
a. they are always discounted to their present value on initial recognition
b. they include a specified principal amount but an unspecified interest amount
c. they include a specified principal and specified interest
d. they cause no interest income to be recognized over their term
e. they include an unspecified principal and an unspecified interest
(Adapted)
17. An entity received a 15-day non-interest bearing note receivable. The entity would most likely
recognize the note on initial recognition at
a. current value c. appraised value
b. maturity value d. present value
(Adapted)
19. On March 1, 20x1, Nickelodeon Co. received a 12% note receivable dated January 1, 20x1.
Principal and interest on the note are due on July 1, 20x1. On initial recognition, which of the
following accounts increased?
a. Prepaid interest c. Unearned interest income
b. Interest receivable d. Interest revenue
20. Spongebob Squarepants lent ₱2,000 to Squidward for one year at 10% interest, all due at
maturity. He insisted the terms of the transaction be formalized in promissory note. In this
situation:
a. the maturity value of the note is ₱2,000
b. Spongebob Squarepants is considered the maker of the note and records the note as an
asset in his accounting records
c. Spongebob Squarepants is considered the maker of the note and records the note as a
liability in his accounting records
d. Squidward is considered the maker of the note and records the note as a liability in his
accounting records
(Adapted)
21. Sandy Company received a 12%, 3-year note receivable that is collectible in monthly
installments in exchange for services rendered. What is the note receivable’s carrying amount
one year after initial recognition?
a. Two-thirds of the billing price
b. Less than two-thirds of the net billing price
c. The present value of remaining future cash flows discounted at the current market rate as
of year-end
d. The present value of the remaining monthly payments discounted at 12%
22. Which of the following statements regarding interest methods of allocations is not true?
a. The term “interest methods of allocation” refers both to the convention for periodic
reporting and to the several approaches to dealing with changes in estimated future cash
flows.
b. Interest methods of allocation are reporting conventions that use present value techniques
in the absence of a fresh-start measurement to compute changes in the carrying amount of
an asset or liability from one period to the next.
c. Interest methods of allocation are grounded in the notion of current cost.
d. Holding gains and losses are generally excluded from allocation systems.
(AICPA)
A. A company received two one-year notes in payment for merchandise sold. One note has a
face amount of P6,000 and was interest-bearing at an annual rate of 18 percent. The other
note has a face amount of P7,080 and was non-interest-bearing (its implied interest rate was
18 percent)
a. The total amount of cash ultimately to be received will be more for the interest-bearing
note.
b. Both notes will cause the same total interest to be recognized.
c. The amount of interest revenue which should be recognized is more for the interest-
bearing note.
d. The amount which should be credited to sales revenue is more for the noninterest-bearing
note
(Adapted)
25. Gary Snail Inc., received a 3-year non-interest bearing trade note for ₱50,000 on January 1,
20x1. The current interest rate at that time was 15% for similar notes. Gary Snail recorded the
receipt of the note as follows:
26. The proper adjusting entry at December 31,20x1, with regard to this note receivable includes
a: credit to Interest Revenue of ₱12,800
a.
b. debit to Notes Receivable of ₱19,200
c. debit to Cash of ₱12,800
d. debit to Interest Receivable of ₱14,400
27. Bikini's entry to record the collection of this note at maturity includes a (assume no reversing
entries were made):
a. credit to Interest Receivable of ₱12,800
b. credit to Interest Revenue of ₱14,400
c. credit to Interest Receivable of ₱1,600
d. credit to Notes Receivable of ₱134,400
28. Bikini's entry to record the collection of this note at maturity includes a (assume reversing
entries were made):
a. credit to Interest Receivable of ₱12,800
b. credit to Interest Revenue of ₱14,400
c. credit to Interest Receivable of ₱1,600
d. credit to Notes Receivable of ₱134,400
(Adapted)
29. Chum Bucket Co. received a 60-day, 15% note for ₱3,000 on June 16. Which of the following
statements is true?
a. Chum Bucket will receive ₱3,000 plus interest of ₱450 at maturity
b. Chum Bucket should record a total receivable due of ₱3,075 on June 16
c. The principal of the note plus interest is due on August 15
d. The maturity value of this note is ₱3,000
(Adapted)
30. If a 10%, 60-day note receivable is acquired from a customer in settlement of an existing
account receivable of ₱6,000, the accounting entry for acquisition of the note will:
a. include a debit to Notes Receivable for ₱6,600
b. include a debit to Notes Receivable for ₱6,100
c. include a credit to Interest Revenue for ₱100
d. include a debit to Notes Receivable for ₱6,000 and no entry for interest
(Adapted)
31. On November 1, Plankton Corporation sold merchandise in return for a 12%, 90-day note
receivable in the amount of ₱20,000. The proper adjusting entry at December 31 (end of
Plankton's accounting period) includes a:
a. credit to Interest Revenue of ₱400
b. debit to cash of ₱400
c. debit to Interest Receivable of ₱200
d. credit to Notes Receivable of ₱600
(Adapted)
32. On May 1 of this year, a company received a one-year note receivable bearing interest at the
market rate. The face amount of the note receivable and the entire amount of the interest are
due on April 30 of next year. At December 31 of this year, the company should report on its
balance sheet:
a. no interest receivable
b. a deferred credit for interest applicable to next year
c. interest receivable for the interest accruing this year
d. interest receivable for the entire amount of the interest due on April 30 of the next year
(Adapted)
Chapter 7
Receivables (Part
3)
Chapter 7: Theory of Accounts
Reviewer
1. Which of the following statements is(are) correct?
I. The normal operating cycle of a business is disregarded when classifying nontrade
receivables as current or noncurrent.
II. Trade receivables which are collectible beyond one year or beyond the normal operating
cycle, whichever is longer, are presented under the current assets section
III Nontrade receivables which are collectible beyond one year, notwithstanding the normal
. operating cycle, are presented under the non-current assets section.
IV. A financial asset and a financial liability shall be offset and the net amount presented in
the balance sheet when, and only when, an entity currently has a legally enforceable right
to set off the recognized amounts
a. I, III b. I, III, IV c. II, III and IV d. I, II, III and IV
3. In calculating the carrying amount of a loan, the lender adds to the principal
(Item #1) Direct loan origination; (Item #2) Loan origination fees costs incurred by the lender
charged to the borrower
a.Yes, Yes b. Yes, No c. No, Yes d. No,
No (AICPA)
8. When testing loans and note receivables for impairment, the rate that should be used is
a. the current market rate as of date of impairment testing
b. the weighted average rate on the remaining term before maturity of note
c. the original effective rate of the note
d. the weighted average rate over the total life of the note
9. Immediately prior to recognition of impairment loss, the carrying amount of an impaired note
is
a. the future value of the note
b. the carrying amount of the note plus any accrued interest recorded prior to impairment
testing
c. the present value of the note discounted at the current market rate on the date of
impairment testing,
d. the total expected cash flows from the note
10. After impairment testing, the carrying amount of the impaired note is
a. the present value of the expected cash flows from the note, discounted at the original
effective rate.
b. the present value of the expected cash flows from the note, discounted at the current market
rate
c. the future value of the expected cash flows from the note
d. the amortized cost of the note ignoring impairment loss since the loss is only recognized
in profit or loss
11. After impairment testing, interest income on the impaired note is computed by
a. multiplying the present value of the note by the current market rate at year-end
b. multiplying the present value of the note by the rate used in impairment testing
c. multiplying the face value of the note by the rate used in impairment testing
d. no interest income will be recognized since the note is already impaired
12. Which of the following is not an objective evidence of impairment of a financial asset?
a. Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor.
b. A decline in the fair value of the asset below its previous carrying amount.
c. A breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments.
d. Observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash
flows from a group of financial assets although the decrease cannot yet be associated with
any individual financial asset.
(Adapted)
13. Impairment loss on financial assets may be recorded as a direct deduction to the impaired
asset’s account or through an allowance. If the entity uses an allowance account to record
impairment loss
a. the amount credited to the allowance account is equal to the impairment loss recognized
b. the amount credited to the allowance account is equal to the impairment loss recognized
if the carrying amount of the impaired financial asset immediately before impairment
testing does not include any accrued interest already recognized
c. the amount credited to the allowance account is equal to the impairment loss recognized if
the original effective interest rate is used in discounting the restructured future cash flows
from the instrument
d. in no case would the amount credited to the allowance account be equal to the impairment
loss recognized
14. Which of the following would indicate that a note receivable or other loan is impaired?
a. when it is written off
b. when it is probable that principal payments will be delayed
c. when the maker of the note experiences financial difficulties
d.when the market value of the note falls below its book value due to interest rate changes
(Adapted)
15. If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can
be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized
a. the previously recognized impairment loss shall be reversed in equity
b. the previously recognized impairment loss shall be reversed through an allowance account
c. the previously recognized impairment loss shall be reversed either directly or by adjusting
an allowance account.
d. the previously recognized impairment loss shall not be reversed in profit or loss
16. Which of the following most likely would cause an impairment loss previously recognized to
be reversed to gain in profit or loss in the current period?
a. increase in the fair value of the receivable previously impaired
b. an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating
c. increase in current market interest rates
d. an improvement in the creditor’s credit rating
17. The reversal of impairment
lossa. shall not result in a carrying amount of the financial asset that exceeds what the amortized
cost would have been had the impairment not been recognized at the date the impairment
is reversed.
b. is recognized in profit or loss without any limit
c. is recognized in directly in equity
d. causes the debtor’s credit rating to increase
18. Where (X) is equal to the recoverable amount of a financial asset on impairment reversal date,
(Y) is equal to the carrying amount of a financial asset on impairment reversal date had no
impairment loss been recognized previously, and (Z) is equal to the carrying amount of a
financial asset on reversal date. The gain on reversal of impairment, assuming X is greater
than Y, is computed as
a. X minus Y b. Y minus Z c. X minus Z d. Z minus Y
19. The carrying value of an impaired note before recognizing a loan impairment:
a. includes accrued interest.
b. excludes accrued interest.
c. is the same as the carrying value after recognizing the impairment.
d.is less than the carrying value after recognizing the impairment.
(AICPA)
20. Which of the following describes the carrying value of an impaired note immediately
following the recognition of the impairment?
a. normal sum of the remaining cash flows to be received.
b. present value of remaining cash flows to be received, discounted at the current market
rate of interest.
c. present value of the remaining cash flows to be received, discounted at the original interest
rate implicit in the note.
d. the book value before the impairment is recognized less accrued interest.
(AICPA)
22. An agreement to transfer a financial asset to another party in exchange for cash or other
consideration, with a concurrent obligation to reacquire the asset at a future date
a. firm purchase commitment c. recourse
b. repurchase agreement d. notification
24. In which of the following circumstances is derecognition of a financial asset not appropriate?
a. The contractual rights to the cash flows of the financial assets have expired.
b. The financial asset has been transferred and substantially all the risks and rewards of
ownership of the transferred asset have also been transferred.
c. The financial asset has been transferred and the entity has retained substantially all the
risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset.
d. The financial asset has been transferred and the entity has neither retained nor transferred
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset. In addition,
the entity has lost control of the transferred asset.
(Adapted)
25. Which of the following is not one of the conditions that must be met if a transfer of
receivables is to be accounted for as a sale?
a. The transferred assets have been isolated from the transferor.
b. The transferor's obligation under the recourse provisions can be reasonably estimated.
c. The transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets.
d. The transferor does not maintain effective control over the assets through an agreement to
repurchase the assets before their maturity.
(AICPA)
26. If financial assets are exchanged for cash or other consideration, but the transfer does not
meet the criteria for a sale, the transferor and the transferee should account for the transaction
as a (Item #1) Secured borrowing; (Item #2) Pledge of collateral
a. No, Yes b. Yes, Yes c. Yes, No d. No, No (AICPA)
27. Which one of the following sets correctly reflects whether the transfer of a financial asset
should be treated as a sale or as a borrowing when control over the transferred financial asset
has been surrendered and when control has not been surrendered? (Item #1) Control
Surrendered; (Item #2) Control Not Surrendered
28. All but one of the following are required before a transfer of receivables can be recorded as a
sale.
a. The transferred receivables are beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors.
b. The transferor has not kept effective control over the transferred receivables through a
repurchase agreement.
c. The transferor maintains continuing involvement.
d. The transferee can pledge or sell the transferred receivables.
(AICPA)
29. Which of the following is not an objective for each entity accounting for transfers of financial
assets?
a. To derecognize assets when control is gained.
b. To derecognize liabilities when extinguished.
c. To recognize liabilities when incurred.
d.To derecognize assets when control is given up.
(AICPA)
32. Larry has pledged financial assets as security for a loan from Lobster. Which of the following
statements concerning disclosure of the pledged assets is correct?
a. Larry is not required to separately disclose the assets pledged as security.
b. Larry must disclose the assets pledged as security on the face of its Balance Sheet.
c. Larry must disclose the assets pledged as security in the notes to its financial statements.
d. Larry may disclose the assets pledged as security either on the face of its Balance Sheet or
in the notes to its financial statements.
(AICPA)
A. A transferor enterprise most likely should continue to recognize a transferred financial asset
if
a. The transferor may reacquire the asset, and the asset is readily obtainable in the market
b. The transferee may sell or pledge the full fair value of the asset.
c.
d. TheThetransferor
transferorismay reacquire
entitled the asset,toand
and obligated the reacquisition
repurchase the asset,price is fair
and the value.
transferee
receives a lender’s return.
(AICPA)
34. Krabby Corp. transferred financial assets to Patty, Inc. The transfer meets the conditions to be
accounted for as a sale. As a transferor, Krabby should do each of the following, except
a. Remove all assets sold from the balance sheet.
b. Record all assets received and liabilities incurred as proceeds from the sale.
c. Measure the assets received and liabilities incurred at cost.
d. Recognize any gain or loss on the sale.
(AICPA)
35. On April 9, 200A, Zyrus Co. purchased a financial asset from Dalome Co. During 200B,
Zyrus sold the financial asset to Didaco Co. at fair value. However, the sale was subject to an
agreement that Zyrus Co. should repurchase the financial asset on February 10, 200C at face
amount plus 10% interest. Which of the following statements is correct?
a. Zyrus Co. should derecognize the financial asset.
b. Zyrus Co. should continue to recognize the financial asset.
c. Didaco should recognize interest income immediately
d. Dalome Co. should recognize the financial asset.
36. On July 10, 200A, Clifton Co. purchased a financial asset from Princess Co. During 200B,
Clifton sold the financial asset to Arnold Co. at fair value. However, the sale agreement gave
Clifton Co. the option to repurchase the financial asset in 200C at face amount plus 10%
interest. Which of the following statements is correct?
a. Clifton Co. should derecognize the financial asset.
b. Clifton Co. should continue to recognize the financial asset.
c. Arnold should derecognize the financial asset from Princess Co.
d. Princess Co. should not derecognize the financial asset.
37. Under PFRS 9 Financial Instruments, an entity shall derecognize a financial asset
when
a. the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire
b. it transfers the financial asset and such transfer qualifies for derecognition
c. a aorrevenue
d. b recognition is permitted by a standard
39. An entity transfers a financial asset if, and only if, it either transfers the contractual rights to
receive the cash flows of the financial asset; or retains the contractual rights to receive the
cash flows of the financial asset, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to
one or more recipients in an arrangement that meets which of the following conditions
I. If the entity is unable to collect on the financial instrument, it has no obligation to the
eventual recipient
II. The entity is prohibited from selling or pledging the financial instrument
III. Collections obtained from the financial instrument should be remitted to eventual
recipients without material delay
IV. The entity is not entitled to reinvest cash flows from the financial instrument, except for
investments in cash or cash equivalents during the short settlement period from the
collection date to the date of required remittance to the eventual recipients
V. Interest earned on temporary investments of collections is passed to the eventual recipient
a. I, II, III, IV c. any of the conditions stated
b. I, III, IV, V d. all of the conditions stated above
40. If the entity transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial
asset, the entity
a. shall derecognize the financial asset
b. shall derecognize the financial asset and recognize separately as assets or liabilities any
rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer
c. shall continue to recognize the financial asset but also recognize as liabilities any rights
created or retained in the transfer
d. shall continue to recognize the financial asset
41. If the entity retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset,
the entity
a. shall derecognize the financial asset
b. shall derecognize the financial asset and recognize separately as assets or liabilities any
rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer
c. shall continue to recognize the financial asset but also recognize as liabilities any rights
created or retained in the transfer
d. shall continue to recognize the financial asset
42. The process whereby financial assets are transformed into securities
a. equity set-off c. instrument modification
b. securitization d. instrument transformation
43. Offsetting financial assets and liabilities is permitted only when the entity
I. Has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts
II. Intends to settle the asset and liability on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the
liability simultaneously
a. I b. II c. I or II d. I and II
44. Girl Co. and Boy Co. regularly engage in transactions giving rise to both assets and liabilities
in each other’s statement of financial position. The companies thereby entered into a master
netting agreement on which a company’s payables may be offset from any receivables the
company has from the other company. At year-end, Boy Co. does not intend to settle its
receivables and liabilities on a net basis because of the timing of cash flows. Which of the
following is correct?
a. Boy Co. may present its receivables from Girl Co. and liabilities to Girl Co. separately
and at gross amounts in the financial statements
b. Boy Co. should present its receivables from Girl Co. net of any liabilities to Girl Co.
c. If Boy Co. is reluctant in offsetting its assets and liabilities, Girl Co. may report Boy Co.
to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
d. If Boy Co. is reluctant in offsetting its assets and liabilities, Girl Co. may report Boy Co.
to the Philippine Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
45. It is the process of using an asset as collateral security for borrowings. It generally refers to
borrowings secured by accounts receivable.
a. Factoring b. Pledging c. Discounting d. Financing
47. Which of the following is not a valid comparison between pledging and assignment of
accounts receivable?
a. Under pledge, all accounts receivables are set as collateral security for borrowings; under
assignment only specific receivables are set as collateral security.
b. In pledging, the lender has limited rights to inspect the borrower’s records to achieve
assurance that the receivables do exist; in assignment the lender will make an investigation
of the specific receivables that are being proposed for assignment and will approve those
that are deemed worthy to be held as collateral security.
c. No journal entry is made for the pledged receivables; an entry is made for the assigned
receivables.
d. Pledged accounts receivable remain the assets of the borrower and continue to be
presented in its financial statements, with appropriate disclosure of the pledge transaction;
assigned receivables are assets of the lender/assignee but the assignment is
disclosed in the financial statements of the borrower/assignor.
e. In pledge, the amount borrowed is independent from the amount of accounts receivables
pledged; in assignment, normally only 70% to 90% of the amount of accounts receivables
assigned is advanced as a loan to the borrower.
49. If the records of an entity show a balance in a “Due from factor” or “Factor’s holdback”
account, it can be reasonably inferred that accounts receivables have been
a. pledged b. assigned c. factored d. discounted
50. The right of the transferee (factor) of accounts receivable to seek recovery for an uncollectible
account from the transferor
a. credit risk c. recourse
b. repurchase agreement d. notification
51. When accounts receivables are factored on a “with recourse” basis, the factoring is usually
treated as
a. a secured borrowing
b. an outright sale
c. a transfer of financial asset without recognition of liability created in the transfer.
d. derecognition of financial asset when the transferor neither transfers nor retains
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset and has not
retained control. The transferor recognizes separately as assets or liabilities any rights and
obligations created in the transfer, such as the proceeds on the factoring and the recourse
obligation
.
52. Jaco Co. had ₱3 million in accounts receivable recorded on its books. Jaco wanted to convert
the ₱3 million in receivables to cash in a more timely manner than waiting the 45 days for
payment as indicated on its invoices. Which of the following would alter the timing of Jaco's
cash flows for the ₱3 million in receivables already recorded on its books?
a. Change the due date of the invoice.
b. Factor the receivables outstanding.
c. Discount the receivables outstanding.
d. Demand payment from customers before the due date.
(AICPA)
53. Which of the following is true when accounts receivable are factored without recourse?
a. The transaction may be accounted for either as a secured borrowing or as a sale,
depending upon the substance of the transaction.
b. The receivables are used as collateral security for a promissory note issued to the factor by
the owner of the receivables.
c. The factor assumes the risk of collectibility and absorbs any credit losses in collecting the
receivables.
d. The financing cost (interest expense) should be recognized ratably over the collection
period of the receivables.
54. Which of the following is used to account for probable sales discounts, sales returns, and
sales allowances? (Item #1) Due from factor; (Item #2) Recourse liability
a. Yes, No b. Yes, Yes c. No, Yes d. No,
No
(AICPA)
55. When accounts receivable are set aside as collateral security for a loan, and the borrower
continues to collect the receivables but collections are applied to the loan, the receivables are
a. factored b. pledged c. discounted d. assigned
56. If a company usually sells its accounts receivable, it records any factoring commission as
a(n):
a. loss b. expense c. receivable d. liability
57. Accounts receivable of a company sold outright to a financing company without recourse are
said to have been
a. pledged b. factored c. assigned d. collateralized
58. Dream Theater Co. accepted a ₱5,000, 8%, 90-day note receivable for services rendered to a
client. Thirty days later Dream Theater discounted the note at a bank at 10%. The entry to
record the proceeds from sales of the note would include a:
a. credit to notes receivable for ₱50,000
b. debit to cash for ₱51,000
c. credit to interest income for ₱33.33
d. debit to loss from discounting of note for ₱150
(Adapted)
61. When a company discounts its notes receivables at a bank, the common practice is to record
the discounted notes in a(n):
62. When a company discounts its notes receivable at a bank and the discounting is treated as
secured borrowing, the discounting is recorded in a
a. liability c. asset account
account
b. contra-asset account d. expense account
63. After being held for 30 days, a 90-day, 15% interest bearing note receivable was discounted at
a bank at 18%. The proceeds received from the bank upon discounting would be the:
a. face value less the discount at 18%
b. face value plus the discount at 18%
c. maturing value less the discount at 18%
d. maturing value plus the discount at 18%
(AICPA)
Chapter 8
Inventorie
Chapter 8: Theory of Accounts s
Reviewer Objective and scope of PAS
2
1. According to PAS 2, the primary
issue in accounting for inventories
is the determination of
I. cost to be recognized as asset in
the statement of financial
position.
II. the amount recognized as expense in the statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income when the related revenues are recognized.
III. obsolete items that need to be written down to net realizable value.
IV. the point of sale where ownership is transferred from the seller to the buyer
a. I and II b. I, II, III c. I, II, d. I, II, III,
IV IV
2. In which of the following shall PAS 2 Inventories be
applied?
a. Buildings constructed and to be sold to third parties in the ordinary course of business
under specifically negotiated construction contracts.
b. Shares of stocks held for trading
c.Animals and plants that are managed and to be sold in the ordinary course of business d.
Inventory of a service provider consisting only of direct labor and overhead
4. The measurement provisions of PAS 2 Inventories do not apply to which of the following?
I. Inventories of producers of agricultural, forest, and mineral products to the extent that
they are measured at net realizable value in accordance with well-established practices in
those industries.
II. Inventories of commodity broker-traders measured at fair value less costs to sell.
III. Inventories of a retail store.
IV. Inventories of a service concessionaire.
a. I, II b. I, II, III c. III, IV d. I, II, III, IV
Recognition
7. Which of the following is correct regarding the recognition of inventories?
a. Inventories are recognized only when legal title is obtained
b. Inventories are recognized only when they meet the definition of inventory and they
qualify for recognition as assets.
c. Inventories include only those that are readily available for sale in the ordinary course of
business.
d. Inventories are recognized only by entities engaged in trading or manufacturing
operations.
10. Which of the following is incorrect regarding the accounting for inventories?
a. Legal title over inventories normally passes when possession over of the goods is
transferred.
b. Transfer of ownership over inventories may precede, coincide with, or follow the transfer
of physical possession of the goods.
c. Ownership over inventories may be transferred to the buyer even when legal title to the
goods is retained by the seller.
d. Transfer of ownership over inventories may coincide with or follow but never precedes the
transfer of physical possession of the goods.
12. Ownership over inventories is normally transferred from the seller to the buyer
I. When the significant risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the buyer
II. The seller retains continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated
with neither ownership nor effective control over the goods sold
III The seller retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually
. associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold
a. I, II b. II, III c. I, III d. I, II, III
Goods in transit
13. In accounting for inventories, which of the following statements is incorrect?
a. In daily transactions, strict adherence to the passing of legal title is not practicable.
b. Regardless of location, an entity shall report in its financial statements all inventories over
which it holds legal title to or has gained control of the related economic benefits.
c. On inventory cut-off, an entity shall include in its inventory only those goods which are on
hand.
d. Goods that are in transit as of inventory cut-off date may be included as part of inventory.
15. Who owns the goods in transit under FOB shipping point?
a. buyer b. seller c. either a or b d. none
16. Who owns the goods in transit under FOB destination?
a. buyer b. seller c. either a or b d. none
17. Under this shipping cost agreement, freight is not yet paid upon shipment. The carrier collects
shipping costs from the buyer upon delivery.
a. freight collect c. FOB shipping
b. freight prepaid point
d. FOB destination
18. Under this shipping cost agreement, freight is paid in advance by the seller before shipment.
a. freight collect c. FOB shipping
b. freight prepaid point
d. FOB destination
19. Under this shipping cost agreement, the buyer initially pays the freight of the goods delivered.
a. freight collect c. FOB shipping
b. freight prepaid point
d. FOB destination
20. Under this agreement, the seller should pay for the freight of goods delivered.
a. freight collect c. FOB shipping point
b. freight prepaid d. FOB destination
21. Under a freight collect shipping cost agreement, who is supposed to pay for the freight?
a. buyer b. seller c. either a or b d. none
22. Who should properly shoulder the freight of the goods shipped?
a. the entity who owns the goods c. the seller
b. the buyer d. the shipper
23. If the term of a sale or purchase transaction is FOB Shipping Point, ownership is transferred
a. upon shipment of the goods
b. after production is finished
c. when the buyer receives the goods
d. either a or c
25. If the terms of a purchase or sale transaction is FOB Destination, ownership is transferred
a. upon the shipment of goods
b. after production is finished
c. when the buyer receives the goods
d. either a or c
27. If the term of a purchase transaction is FOB Shipping Point, Freight collect, the party who
finally shoulders the freight is the
a. buyer b. seller c. shipping company d. LBC
28. If the term of a purchase transaction is FOB Destination, Freight collect, the party who finally
shoulders the freight is the
a. buyer b. seller c. Air21 d. accountant
29. If the term of a purchase transaction is FOB Shipping Point, Freight prepaid, the party who
finally shoulders the freight is the
a. buyer b. seller c. FedEx d. auditor
30. If the term of a purchase transaction is FOB Shipping Point, Freight prepaid, the party who
initially shouldered the freight is the
a. buyer b. seller c. shipping company d. JRS
31. The entry to record the P10,000 freight paid by the buyer on a purchase transaction with terms
of FOB Shipping Point, Freight Collect is
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Freight-in 10,000
Cash 10,000 Accounts receivable
10,000
b. Freight-out
Accounts receivable10,000 10,000 d. Freight-in 10,000 10,000
Accounts payable
32. The entry to record the settlement of P10,000 freight on a purchase transaction with terms of
FOB Shipping Point, Freight Prepaid is
a. Accounts payable 10,000 c. Freight-in 10,000
Cash 10,000 Accounts receivable 10,000
b. Freight-in 10,000 d. Answer not given
Accounts payable 10,000
33. The entry to record the P10,000 freight paid by the buyer on a purchase transaction with terms
of FOB Destination, Freight Collect is
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Freight-in 10,000
Cash 10,000 Accounts receivable 10,000
b. Freight-out 10,000 d. Accounts payable 10,000
Cash 10,000 Cash 10,000
34. The entry to record the settlement of P10,000 freight on a purchase transaction with terms of
FOB Destination, Freight Prepaid is
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Freight-in 10,000
Cash 10,000 Accounts receivable 10,000
b. Freight-out 10,000 d. None
Accounts payable 10,000
35. The entry to record the payment of P10,000 freight on a purchase transaction with terms of
FOB Destination, Freight Collect is
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Freight-in 10,000
Cash 10,000 Accounts payable 10,000
b. Freight-out 10,000 d. Answer not given
Accounts payable 10,000
36. On January 1, an entity ordered goods under a purchase transaction with terms of FOB
Destination, Freight Collect. The goods were received on January 3 and freight of P10,000
was paid to the shipper. What is the entry on January 5, when the entity settles the purchase?
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Accounts payable 90,000
Accounts payable 100,000 Cash 90,000
Cash 110,000
b. Accounts payable 100,000 d. Freight-out 10,000
Cash 100,000 Accounts receivable 10,000
37. The entry to record the settlement of a purchase on account amounting to P100,000 and
freight of P10,000 on a purchase transaction with terms of FOB Destination, Freight Prepaid
is
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Accounts payable
90,000
Accounts payable 100,000 Cash 90,000
Cash 110,000
b. Accounts payable 100,000 d. Freight-out 10,000
Cash 100,000 Accounts receivable
10,000
38. The entry to record the settlement of a purchase on account amounting to P100,000 and
freight of P10,000 on a purchase transaction with terms of FOB Shipping Point, Freight
Prepaid is
a. Freight-in 10,000 c. Accounts payable 90,000
Accounts payable 100,000 Cash
Cash 110,000 d. Freight-out 10,000
b. Accounts payable 110,000 90,000
Accounts receivable 10,000
Cash
110,000
39. On January 1, an entity ordered goods under a purchase transaction with terms of FOB
Shipping point, Freight Collect. The goods were received on January 3 and freight of P10,000
was paid to the shipper. What is the entry on January 5, when the entity settles the purchase?
a. Freight-in c. Accounts payable 100,000
10,000
Accounts payable 90,000 Cash 100,000
Cash 100,000 d. Accounts payable 90,000
b. Accounts payable 110,000 Cash 90,000
Cash 110,000
40. When the buyer pays the freight on a sales transaction with terms of FOB Destination, Freight
Collect, the entry to record the payment for the freight is
a. Freight-out x c. Accounts receivable xx
Cash x x Cash x
b. Freight- x x d. Accounts payable x
in Cash x xx Cash
xx xx
41. When the buyer settles the freight on a sales transaction with terms of FOB Destination,
Freight Prepaid, the entry to record the payment for the freight is
a. Freight-out xx c. Accounts payable xx
Cash xx Cash
xx
b. Freight-in xx d. None of the choices
Cashaccounting treatment isxx
42. No special necessary if the terms of purchase is
a. FOB Destination, Freight Collect
b. FOB Shipping point, Freight Prepaid
c. FOB Destination, Freight Unpaid
d. FOB Shipping point, Freight
Collect
Consigned goods
43. Which statement is true?
a. Until goods are sold by the consignee, the consignor includes the goods in his/her
inventory at cost, less handling and shipping costs incurred in the delivery and consignee.
b. When goods are sold on an installment plan, the seller retains title and continues to
include them on his/her balance sheet until full payment has been received.
c. Title to goods cannot be transferred to the buyer before shipment occurs.
d. In accounting for inventory, economic substance should take precedence over legal form
(Adapted)
44. Which of the following is incorrect regarding the accounting for consigned goods?
a. Consigned goods are properly included in the inventory of the consignor and not the
consignee.
b. Freight incurred by the consignor in delivering the consigned goods to the consignee
forms
partconsignee
c. The of the costrecords
of inventories
consigned goods received from the consignor through journal
entries.
d. The consignor should not recognize revenue until the consigned goods are sold by the
consignee to third parties.
48. It is a type of sale in which the buyer takes title and accepts billing but delivery of the goods is
delayed at the buyer’s request.
a. buy and hold sale c. cash and carry
b. lay away sale d. bill and hold
49. It is a type of sale in which goods are delivered only when the buyer makes the final payment
in a series of installments.
a. installment sale c. cash on delivery
b. lay away d. run away sale
sale
50. The goods sold on a “bill and hold” sale is included in the inventory of
the
a. buyer b. seller c. either a or b d. both a and b
51. Prior to delivery, the goods sold on a “lay away” sale is included in the
inventory of the
a. buyer b. seller c. either a or b d. both a and b
52. The goods sold under a bill and hold sale are excluded from the seller’s inventory and
included in the buyer’s inventory at the time of sale when title passes to the buyer and he
accepts billing, provided which of the following is met
a. Delivery is probable
b. Goods sold are on hand, identified, and ready for delivery to the buyer at the time of sale
c. The buyer specifically acknowledges the deferred delivery instructions
d. The usual payment terms apply
e. All of the choices
53. The goods sold under a lay away sale is included in the seller’s inventory until delivery is
made to the buyer except when
a. the term of the sale is freight prepaid
b. the title to the goods is retained by the seller solely to protect collectibility of the amount
due
c. the purchase price is substantially paid
d. the goods are lost without the fault of the seller
Inventory systems
58. The major objective of inventory accounting is
a. valuation of assets in the statement of financial position
b. proper matching of costs with related revenues
c. proper selection of appropriate cost flow formula
d. proper determination of periodic income and valuation of assets
59. Mr. Eugene Krab’s “buy and sell” business involves a large quantity of low-valued inventory.
Because of the fast turnover of inventory, it is often impracticable to perform periodic physical
count of inventory. In fact, the cost of inventory is often approximated in Krab’s quarterly
reports. Which of the following inventory systems is most suitable for Krab’s business?
a. perpetual system c. plankton system
b. periodic system d. a or b
60. Spongebob Squarepants Co. utilizes an automated accounting system in which Spongebob
inputs the serial number of each item of inventory in the system. This enables Spongebob to
track the movement of each inventory. Which inventory system is most likely to be used by
Spongebob?
a. perpetual system d. spatula system
b. periodic system e. a or b
c. patty system
61. The “inventory” account is updated for each purchase and sale of inventory under this type of
accounting system
a. respiratory system c. perpetual system
b. automatic system d. periodic system
63. Patrick Star uses the perpetual inventory system. During the period, Patrick Star returned
goods previously purchased for P300,000 to the seller. Ten percent of the goods returned were
purchased on cash basis. Which entry is most likely to have been made to record the
transaction?
a. Accounts payable 270,000 c. Accounts payable 300,000
Purchases 270,000 Purchase return 300,000
b. Accounts payable 270,000 d. Accounts payable
Cash 30,000 270,000 Accounts
Inventory 300,000receivable
Purchase
30,000returns 300,000
64. In a perpetual inventory system, an inventory flow assumption is used primarily for
determining which cost to use in:
a. recording purchases of inventory
b. recording the cost of goods sold
c. recording sales revenue
d. forecasts of future operating results
(Adapted)
66. Prior to physical count, the balance of the inventory account of an entity using the periodic
system is
a. equal to the beginning balance of inventory plus net purchases less cost of goods sold
b. equal to the net purchases less cost of goods sold minus increase in inventory during the
period
c. equal to the beginning balance of inventory plus cost of goods sold less net purchases
d. equal to the beginning balance of inventory
67. Prior to physical count, cost of goods sold under the periodic system is equal to
a. net purchases plus increase in inventory during the period
b. net purchases minus increase in inventory during the period
c. net purchases plus decrease in inventory during the period
d. zero
68. The following account is affected when recording a return of inventory to the vendor under a
perpetual inventory system:
a. merchandise inventory c. accounts receivable
b. cash d. purchase returns and allowances
(Adapted)
70. Funk Co. is selecting its inventory system in preparation for its first year of operations. Funk
intends to use either the periodic weighted-average method or the perpetual moving-average
method, and to apply the lower of cost or market rule either to individual items or to the total
inventory. Inventory prices are expected to generally increase throughout 20x3, although a
few individual prices will decrease. What inventory system should Funk select if it wants to
maximize the inventory carrying amount at December 31, 20x3?
(Item #1) Inventory method; (Item #2) Cost or market application
a. Perpetual, Total inventory c. Periodic, Total inventory
b. Perpetual, Individual item d. Periodic, Individual
(Adapted) item
Inventory errors under
periodic system incorrectly includes consignment items in the ending inventory, the net effects
71. If a company
on the cost of goods sold and profit for the period, respectively, are
a. Overstatement, Understatment b.
c. Understatement, Overstatement
d. Overstatement, overstatement
The next period’s account will be correct
72. When the opening balance of inventory or net purchases during the period is overstated, profit
for the period is
a. understated b. overstated c. either a or b d. no effect
75. If
a. purchase
profit for returns is understated,
the period is understated c. ending inventory is overstated
b. cost of goods sold is understated d. profit for the period is overstated
76. Under the periodic system, which of the following statements is correct?
a. If purchase returns is understated, ending inventory is unaffected
b. If purchase returns is understated, cost of goods sold is understated
c. If purchase returns is understated, beginning inventory is understated
d. If purchase returns is understated, net purchases is unaffected
Measurement
77. At each reporting period, inventories are measured at
a. cost c. cost plus direct acquisition costs
b. lower of cost or d. fair value less cost to sell
NRV
78. The cost of inventories includes
I. Cost of purchase
II. Costs of conversion
III. Other costs necessary in bringing the inventory in its intended condition and location
a. I b. II c. I, II d. I, II, III
79. The purchase cost of inventories includes all of the following, except
a. purchase price
b. import duties and non-refundable taxes
c. freight cost incurred in bringing the inventory to its intended location
d. Value added taxes paid by a VAT registered payer
81. When determining the unit cost of an inventory item, which of the following should be
included?
a. interest on loans obtained to purchase the item
b. advertising costs incurred to promote sale
c. freight cost on the item purchased
d. storage costs incurred prior to sale
82. Which of the following is least likely to be included in determining the cost
inventory?
a. Interest cost for amounts borrowed to finance the purchase of inventory
b. Purchasing costs
c. Receiving and unpacking costs
d. Freight costs
83. Which of the following costs of conversion cannot be included in cost of inventory?
a. Cost of direct labor.
b. Factory rent and utilities.
c. Salaries of sales staff (sales department shares the building with factory supervisor).
d. Factory overheads based on normal capacity.
(Adapted)
88. The use of Allowance for Purchase Discounts account is based on which accounting concept
a. matching c. net method
b. gross method d. periodic method
91. Theoretically, the net method should be used in recording purchases. Cash discounts not
availed of is preferably presented in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income as
a. cost of goods sold c. other expense
b. finance cost d. b or c
92. Theoretically, the net method should be used in recording purchases. Trade discounts taken is
preferably presented in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as
a. cost of goods sold c. other expense
b. operating expense d. not presented
Cost formulas
93. Generally accepted accounting principles require the selection of an inventory cost flow
method which:
a. emphasizes the valuation of inventory for balance sheet purposes
b. most closely approximates lower of cost and net realizable value for the ending inventory
c. most clearly reflects the periodic income
d. matches the physical flow of goods from inventory with sales revenue
e.yields the most conservative amount of reported income
(Adapted)
96. The average method of cost flow assumption, when used in a perpetual inventory system, is
called
a. moving average c. simple average
b. weighted average d. b or c
97. Alcoholica Co. sells a wide variety of beverages. Because of the way Alcoholica stores its
inventory, the most recently purchased cases are usually the ones being sold first. Given these
circumstances, what flow assumption must Alcoholica use?
a. Specific c. Average cost
identification d. Any assumption it
b.FIF wishes
O
(Adapted)
98. Which of the following methods of measuring the cost of goods sold most closely parallels the
actual physical flow of the merchandise?
a.LIFO b. FIFO c. Average cost d. Specific
Identification (Adapted)
99. Cost of goods sold and ending inventory is the same under a periodic system as under a
perpetual system when the entity uses
a. FIFO b. LIFO c. Weighted average d. Specific identification
100.Which inventory costing method would not be appropriate for a manufacturer using a
perpetual inventory system?
a. FIFO
b. specific identification
c. simple weighted average
d. combination of FIFO and specific identification
(Adapted)
104.In a period of falling prices, the inventory method that gives the lowest possible value for
ending inventory is:
a. gross profit b. FIFO c. LIFO d. weighted average
(Adapted)
105.A corporation entered into a purchase commitment to buy inventory. At the end of the
accounting period, the current market value of the inventory was less than the fixed purchase
price, by a material amount. Which of the following accounting treatments is most
appropriate?
a. Describe the nature of the contract in a note to the financial statements, recognize a loss
in the income statement, and recognize a liability for the accrued loss
b. Describe the nature of the contract and the estimated amount of the loss in a note to the
financial statements, but do not recognize a loss in the income statement
c. Describe the nature of the contract in a note to the financial statements, recognize a loss in
the income statement, and recognize a reduction in inventory equal to the amount of the
loss by use of a valuation account
d. Neither describes the purchase obligation nor recognize a loss on the income statement or
balance sheet
(AICPA)
107. The original cost of an inventory item is above the replacement cost and the net realizable
value. The replacement cost is below the net realizable value less the normal profit margin. As
a result, under the lower of cost or market method, the inventory item should be reported at
the
a. Net realizable value
b. Net realizable value less normal profit margin
c. Replacement cost
d. Original cost
(Adapted)
109. Which statement is correct concerning the valuation of inventory at lower of cost or NRV?
I. Inventories are usually written down to net realizable value on an item by item basis.
II. It is not appropriate to write down inventories based on a classification of inventory, for
example, finished goods or all inventories in a particular industry or geographical
segment.
a. I only b. II only c. Both I and II d. Neither I nor II
110. The costing of inventory must be deferred until the end of the accounting period under
which of the following method of inventory valuation?
a. Moving average c. LIFO
b. Weighted average perpetual
d. FIFO
111. Which inventory costing method would a company that wishes to maximize profits in
a period of rising prices use?
a. c. Weighted average
FIFO
b. Peso-value d. Moving average
LIFO (AICPA)
113. Which of the following are considered in determining the cost of an item of inventory?
I.Material wasted due to a machine breakdown
II.Import duties on shipping of inventory inwards
III.Storage costs of finished goods
IV. Trade discounts received on purchase of inventory
a. I, II b. III, IV c. II, IV d. I, II, III, IV
(ACCA)
114. According to PAS 2 Inventories, which of the following costs should be included in
inventory valuations?
I. Transport costs for raw materials
II. Abnormal material usage
III. Storage costs relating to finished goods
IV. Fixed production overheads
a. I, II b. III, IV c. II, III d. I,
(ACCA) IV
115. How should import duties be dealt with when valuing inventories at the lower of cost
and net realizable value (NRV) according to PAS 2 Inventories?
a. added to cost c. deducted in arriving at
b. ignored NRV
(ACCA) d. deducted from cost
116. How should prompt payment discount not taken be dealt with when valuing
inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value (NRV) using the gross method?
a. added to cost c. deducted in arriving at
b. ignored NRV
d. deducted from cost
117. How should sales staff commission be dealt with when valuing inventories at the
lower of cost and net realizable value (NRV), according to PAS 2 Inventories?
a. added to cost c. deducted in arriving at
b.ignored NRV
d. deducted from cost
(ACCA)
118. How should trade discounts be dealt with when valuing inventories at the lower of cost
and net realizable value (NRV) according to PAS 2 Inventories?
a. added to cost c. deducted in arriving at
b.ignored NRV
d. deducted from cost
(ACCA)
119. Are the following statements true or false, according to PAS 2 Inventories?
I. Cost of factory management should be included in the cost of inventory.
II. Maintenance expenses for an item of equipment used in the manufacturing process should
be included in the cost of inventory.
a. False, false b. False, true c. True, false d. True, true
(ACCA)
120. The Hetfield Company has two products in its inventory which
haveper
costs
unitand selling prices
as follows:
Product X Product Y
Selling price 200 300
Materials and conversion costs 150 180
General administration costs 30 80
Selling costs 60 70
Profit/(loss) (40) (30)
At year-end, the manufacture of items of inventory has been completed but no selling costs have
yet been incurred. According to PAS 2 Inventories, how should Product X and Product Y carried
in Hetfield's statement of financial position, respectively?
a. NRV, NRV b. NRV, Cost c. Cost, NRV d. Cost,
Cost (ACCA)
Inventory estimation
121. A major advantage of the retail inventory method is
that it
a. Permits companies which use it to avoid taking an
annual physical inventory
b. Provides
d. Gives a more accurate
a method statementcontrol
for inventory of inventory cost
and facilitates determination of the periodic
than other
inventory. methods.
c. Hides costs from customers and employees.
(Adapted)
122. According to PAS 2 Inventories, which of the following may be used in estimating
inventory
for interim period reporting?
I. Conservative, Conventional or LCM Method
II. Average Method
III First-in, first out (FIFO) Method
. a. II b. I, II c. II, III d. I,
II, III
123. Which inventory costing method is most useful in estimating the amount of inventory
lost or destroyed by theft, fire, or other hazards?
a. FIFO c. gross profit method
b.average cost method d.
(Adapted) LIFO
125. The operating expenses section of a statement of earnings for a merchandising company
126. If a company wrote a check for P500 for the advance payment for a copy machine they
purchased yet to be delivered the Accounts Payable account would
a. increase c. not be affected
b.decrease d. no one knows for sure
(Adapted)
Chapter 9
Investments (Part 1)
5. It is any contract that represents a right upon the holder to receive cash from the issuer thereof
or an obligation upon the issuer to pay cash to the holder thereof.
a. financial asset c. debt instrument
b. equity instrument d. musical instrument
6. Under PAS 32, it refers to an instrument originated by an entity which represents a residual
interest in the entity’s net assets.
a. financial instruments c. debt instrument
b. equity instruments d. own equity instrument
8. Which of the following most likely qualify for disclosure as financial asset in the notes?
a. undeposited collections c. treasury shares
b. inventory d. stock rights issued
10. Are there any circumstances when a contract that is not a financial instrument would be
accounted for as a financial instrument under PAS 32 and PFRS 9?
a. No. Only financial instruments are accounted for as financial instruments.
b. Yes. Gold, silver, and other precious metals that are readily convertible to cash are
accounted for as financial instruments.
c. Yes. A contract for the future purchase or delivery of a commodity or other nonfinancial
item (e.g., gold, electricity, or gas) generally is accounted for as a financial instrument
if
the contract can be settled net.
d. Yes. An entity may designate any nonfinancial asset that can be readily convertible to cash
as a financial instrument.
(Adapted)
12. The scope of PFRS 9 includes all of the following items except:
a. Financial instruments that meet the definition of a financial asset.
b. Financial instruments that meet the definition of a financial liability.
c. Financial instruments issued by the entity that meet the definition of an equity instrument.
d. Contracts to buy or sell nonfinancial items that can be settled net.
(Adapted)
14. Which of the following types of instrument is best described as a contract that evidences a
residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting the liabilities?
a. Financial liability b. Guarantee c. Equity d. Financial asset
15. Which of the following are classified as financial instruments in accordance with PAS32
Financial Instruments: Presentation?
a. Patents d. Trade payables
b. Trade receivables e. b and d
c.Inventories
(ACCA)
17. Assets not directly identified with the operating activities of a business enterprise
a. inventories b. receivables c. equipment d. investments
(Adapted)
18. Under PFRS 9, the subcategories of Financial Assets at Fair value Through Profit or Loss
(FVPL) include
I. Designated
II. Held for trading
III. Held for speculation
a. I and II b. I and III c. II and III d. I, II,
and III
19.I.HowCash
many of the following are financial instruments
II. Demand and time deposits
III. Commercial paper
IV. Accounts, notes, and loans receivable
V. Accounts, notes, and loans payable
VI. Debt and equity securities.
VII. Asset backed securities such as collateralized mortgage obligations, repurchase
agreements, and securitized packages of receivables
VII Derivatives, including options, rights, warrants, futures contracts, forward contracts, and
I. swaps.
a. Seven b. Ten c. Six d. All of them
20. It is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all
of its liabilities.
a. stocks instrument c. capital instrument
b. debt instrument d. equity instrument
22. Preferred stock with a mandatory redemption date or redeemable at the option of the holder is
a(n)
a. equity instrument c. treasury share
b. debt instrument d. a or b
26. Which of the following is not a classification of financial assets under PFRS
9?
a. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.
b. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
c. Held-to-maturity
d. Financial assets investments
at amortized cost
27. Under PFRS 9, an entity shall classify financial assets as subsequently measured at either
amortized cost or fair value on the basis of which of the following:
I. the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets
II. the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset
a. I only b. II only c. I and II d. neither I nor II
28. A financial asset shall be measured at amortized cost if which of the following conditions are
met:
I. the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to
collect contractual cash flows.
II. the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that
are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
a. I only b. II only c. I or II d. I and II
29. If the objective of an entity’s business model for managing a financial asset is to hold the
financial asset in order to collect contractual cash flows, then the financial asset is most likely
to be classified as
a. FVPL b. FVOCI c. amortized cost d. any of these
30. If the objective of an entity’s business model for managing the financial assets is to hold
financial assets in order to realize fair value changes, then the financial asset is most likely to
be classified as
a. at fair value c. at cost
b. at amortized cost d. any of these
31. If the objective of an entity’s business model is to hold financial assets in order to collect
contractual cash flows, the entity may classify the financial assets
a. at amortized cost
b. at amortized cost provided the management can demonstrate its ability to hold them until
maturity
c. at amortized cost; however, if a significant portion of the financial assets is sold before
maturity, the remaining portion should be reclassified
d. at amortized cost provided the fair value information and fair value changes are disclosed
in the notes
33. When an entity classifies its financial assets, which of the following statements is true?
a. debt securities may be classified as FVOCI
b. equity securities may be classified as amortized cost
c. debt or equity securities may be designated at FVPL
d. securities classified as FVOCI are always presented as noncurrent assets
34. Loans and notes receivables are classified as financial assets measured at
a. fair value c. cost
b. amortized cost d. lower of cost or fair value
37. The option to designate financial assets as FVPL and the election to classify financial assets at
FVOCI are available to an entity’s management
a. on initial recognition and subsequent thereof
b.subsequent to initial recognition only
c. on initial recognition
onlyavailable
d. not
39. The option to designate financial assets as FVPL and the election to classify financial assets at
FVOCI are
a. revocable
b. mandatory
c. irrevocable
d. revocable under certain circumstances described in PFRS 9
42. Financial assets that are neither designated to be measured at FVPL nor qualify for
recognition at amortized cost are classified as held for trading if: (choose the incorrect
statement)
a. it is acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in the near term
b. on initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are
managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term
profit-taking
c. it is a derivative (except for a derivative that is a financial guarantee contract or a
designated and effective hedging instrument)
d. the instrument is an equity security
44. Are the following statements concerning the measurement of financial instruments after initial
recognition true or false, according to PFRS 9 Financial instruments?
(1) Held-for-trading financial assets are measured at amortized cost.
(2) Debt securities to be held to maturity are measured at fair value.
Statement (1) Statement (2) Statement (1) Statement (2)
a. False False c. True False
b. False True d. True True
(ACCA)
45. Prior to January 1, 20x1 Drive Company had not held any equity investments in other
companies. On January 1, 20x1 Drive purchased 3% of the equity shares in Putt Company
with the intention of holding this investment over the long term. The most appropriate
classification of the equity investment in Putt by Drive is
a. Designated b. FVOCI c. amortized cost d. any of these
(ACCA)
46. Iron Company acquired equity securities of Wood Company, a listed entity, to be held as
investments. Which of the following is true?
a. Iron Company is required under PFRS 9 to classify the securities at fair
valueCompany is required under PFRS 9 to classify the securities as amortized cost
b. Iron
c. Iron Company is required under PFRS 9 to designate the securities to be measured at fair
value
d. Iron Company will most likely measure the securities at fair value. However, Iron
Company is not prohibited under PFRS 9 to measure the securities at cost.
47. Which of the following is incorrect regarding the provisions of PFRS 9 Financial
Instruments?
a. All equity securities held as investments, except those covered under other Standards,
shall be measured
b. Unquoted at fair value
equity securities are required under PFRS 9 to be measured at cost
c. Entries to record reclassifications of financial assets are always made after a change in an
entity’s business model but never simultaneously with the change.
d. Classifications to FVOCI and financial assets designated at FVPL are irrevocable.
48. Single Plane Company acquired 30,000 equity shares, representing 5% of the issued ordinary
share capital in Two Plane Company. Two Plane's shares are listed on a Stock Exchange. In
accordance with PFRS 9 Financial Instruments, in which of the following classifications
could Single Plane's investment in the equity shares be classified?
a. FVOCI d. a or c
b. Available for e. any of these
sale
c.FVP
L
(ACCA)
49. Devin Company acquired 30,000 4% Government Bonds redeemable in 20x1 at the quoted
market price of P200. Devin has no current intention to sell the Bonds and has a policy to hold
them as investments unless certain corporate criteria are met and the bonds are sold to
maintain liquidity. In accordance with PFRS 9 Financial Instruments, which of the following
is the most appropriate classification for Devin's investment in the Government Bonds?
a. Held to maturity c. Available for
b.At fair value through profit or loss sale
d. At amortized cost
(ACCA)
50. They represent temporary investments of funds available for current operations and are
intended to meet working capital requirements
a. receivables c. held for trading securities
b. inventories d. cash
53. Which of the following statements is correct regarding the accounting for
financial assets?
a. The tainting provision under PAS 39 is carried over to PFRS 9.
b. Investments in unquoted equity securities are automatically measured at
cost designating financial assets at FVPL, an entity’s management may disregard the
d. When
c. entity’s
The election to classify
business financial
model for assetsfinancial
managing at FVOCI is available
assets after initial cash flow
and the contractual
recognition
characteristics of the instrument.
Presentation
54. Which of the following statements is the correct statement?
a. The best way to ascertain whether a marketable security is a short-term or a long-term
investment is to check with a securities dealer.
b. For balance sheet classification, a security is classified as a short-term investment if it is
readily marketable.
c. For balance sheet classification, a security is classified as a short-term investment based
on the entity’s business model and contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument
d. All investments in FVPL are reported at book value.
(Adapted)
58. Which of the following could cause a firm's equity position to be weaker than is reflected in
the statement of financial position?
a. Holding held-to-maturity securities in a portfolio with non-amortized discounts.
b. Holding FVOCI securities in a portfolio that have unrealized losses.
c. Holding trading securities in a portfolio with unrealized gains.
d. Designating financial assets at FVPL to minimize accounting mismatch
(Adapted)
59. All of the following items may be presented in the statement of financial position under either
the current assets section or the noncurrent assets section except
a. Held for c. Investments measured at amortized cost
trading
b. Investments in d. b and c
FVOCI
Initial measurement
60. Which of the following statement is true?
a. The fair value of accounting is the most appropriate method of accounting for short-term
investments in marketable equity securities.
b. All bond investments are accounted for by the amortized cost method.
c. The carrying value of an investment in FVOCI is limited to fair value at the date of
acquisition.
d. The realized gain or loss on a short-term investment in an equity security is usually equal
to the difference between its cost and its sale price.
(Adapted)
62. Financial assets classified as FVOCI and financial assets measured at amortized cost are
initially recognized at
a. fair value c. fair value plus direct acquisition cost
b. cost d. invoice cost
63. Under PFRSs, these refer to incremental costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition,
issue or disposal of a financial asset or financial liability. They would not have been incurred
if the entity had not acquired, issued or disposed of the financial instrument.
a. Transaction costs c. Cost of
b. Spread cost equity
d. Finance cost
64. In addition to financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, which of the following
categories of financial assets is measured at fair value in the balance sheet?
a.
FVOCI
b. Amortized cost investments
c. Loans and receivables.
d. Investments in unquoted equity instruments whose fair values cannot be measured
reliably
65. What is the best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument?
a. Its cost, including transaction costs directly attributable to the purchase, origination, or
issuance of the financial instrument.
b. Its estimated value determined using discounted cash flow techniques, option pricing
models, or other valuation techniques.
c. Its quoted price, if an active market exists for the financial instrument.
d. The present value of the contractual cash flows less impairment.
(Adapted)
66. Is there any exception to the requirement to measure investments in equity securities at
fair value?
a. No. Such assets are always measured at fair value.
b. Yes. If the fair value of such assets increases above cost, the resulting unrealized holding
gains are not recognized but deferred until realized.
c. Yes. If the entity has the positive intention and ability to hold assets classified in those
categories to maturity, they are measured at amortized cost.
d. Yes. Investments in unquoted equity instruments that cannot be reliably measured at fair
value are measured at cost.
(Adapted)
67. Which of the following conditions generally exists before fair value can be used as the basis
for the valuation of financial assets held as investment?
a. management’s intention must be to dispose of the securities within one year
b. fair value must be determinable
c. fair value must approximate historical cost
d. fair value must be less than cost for each security held in the company’s marketable equity
security portfolio
e. financial assets held as investment should be valued at fair value in compliance with
current GAAP
(Adapted)
Subsequent measurement
68. Subsequent to their initial recognition, which financial assets with quoted market prices in an
active market are measured at fair value?
Financial assets designated Financial assets measured at FVOCI Held for trading
at FVPL amortized cost securities
a. Yes Yes Yes No
b. Yes Yes No No
c Yes No Yes Yes
.
d. No No No Yes
69. On November 1, 20x1, Monsters, Inc. invested ₱575,000 in short-term marketable securities
classified as held for trading. The market value of this investment was ₱610,000 at December
31, 20x1 but had slipped to ₱595,000 by December 31, 20x2. In the financial statements
prepared on December 31, 20x1, Monster reports:
a. the investment at ₱575,000 with note disclosure of the fair value of P610,000.
b. the investment at ₱610,000 and a ₱35,000 unrealized holding gain included in profit or
loss.
c. the investment at ₱610,000 and a ₱35,000 realized gain recognized in the income
statement.
d.the investments ₱595,000 and a ₱15,000 unrealized holding loss in profit or loss.
(Adapted)
70. For a marketable debt securities portfolio to be held-to-maturity, which of the following
amounts should be included in the period’s profit, assuming the entity elects the fair value
option of reporting all of its financial instruments in the portfolio?
I. Unrealized temporary losses during the period.
II. Realized gains during the period.
III. Unrealized gains during the period.
a. I only b. land lI c. II and III d. I, II, and
III. (AICPA)
71. When the fair value of an entity's portfolio of FVPL securities is lower than its cost the
difference is
a. Accounted for as liability.
b.Disclosed and described in a note to the financial statements but not accounted for. c.
d. Accounted for as a valuation allowance deducted from the asset to which it relates.
Accounted for as an addition in the equity section of the statement of financial position
(Adapted)
72. Under PFRSs, if an entity designates a financial asset to be measured at fair value, any
changes in fair value are recognized in
a. Other comprehensive income. c. Profit or
b.Retained earnings. loss. d.
(AICPA) Equity
73. An entity has adopted PFRS 9 Financial Instruments. It should report the marketable equity
securities that it has classified as held for trading at:
a. Lower of cost or market, with holding gains and losses included in earnings.
b. Lower of cost or market, with holding gains included in earnings only to the extent of
previously recognized holding losses.
c. Fair value, with holding gains included in earnings only to the extent of previously
recognized holding losses.
d. Fair value, with holding gains and losses included in earnings.
(AICPA)
74. Which of the following statements regarding fair value is/are correct?
I. The fair value of an asset or liability is specific to the entity making the fair value
measurement.
IIFair value is the price to acquire an asset or assume a liability.
. Fair value includes transportation costs, but not transaction costs.
IIIThe price in the principal market for an asset or liability will be the fair value measurement.
. b. I & IV c. II & III d. III &
IV
(AICPA) IV
.
a. Which of the following is not a valuation technique that can be used to measure the fair value
75.
I &of an asset or liability?
II a. Market approach. c. Income approach.
b. Impairment approach. d. Cost approach.
(AICPA)
76. Which of the following statements is incorrect regarding the inputs that can be used to
measure fair value?
I. Level I inputs are the most reliable fair value measurements and Level III inputs are the
least reliable.
II. Level III measurements are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities.
III. A fair value measurement based on management assumptions only (no market data)
would not be acceptable under current standards.
IV. The level in the fair value hierarchy of a fair value measurement is determined by the level
of the highest level significant input.
a. I only. b. I, II, IV. c. II, III, IV. d. I, II, III,
IV. (Adapted)
77. There
Marketare multiple
Quoted active markets for aCosts
Price Transaction financial asset with different
observable
A market₱76 prices: ₱5
₱74 ₱2
B
There is no principal market for the financial asset. What is the fair value of the asset?
a. 71 b. 72 c. 74 d. 76
(Adapted)
78. The valuation allowance for a marketable equity securities portfolio included in current assets
should be a component of
a. current assets c. non-current assets
b. current liabilities d. non-current liabilities
(Adapted)
79. If marketable securities purchased for ₱500 increase in fair value to ₱800 as of the end of the
fiscal year and were sold in the subsequent year for ₱700, what method was used if the gain
of ₱300 was reported in the first year and a loss of ₱100 in the year of sale?
a. equity method c. lower of cost or market
b. fair value method d. aggregate method
(Adapted)
80. As determined at the balance sheet date, the carrying amount of the current portfolio of
marketable equity securities shall be equal to
a. acquisition value c. fair
b.lower of cost or market value value
d. appraised value
(Adapted)
81. Test of marketability must be met before equity securities owned can be properly classified as
a. long-term investments c. treasury shares
b. current assets d. loans and receivables
(Adapted)
82. Assuming a financial asset classified as FVOCI is remeasured to fair value at the end of
reporting period, the gain or loss
a. Must be recognized in net profit or loss.
b. Must be recognized directly in equity.
c. Must be recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated separately in equity
d. Must be recognized in profit or loss if the result is a loss and directly in equity if the result
is gain.
83. The difference between the acquisition cost and the aggregate par value of shares acquired as
investment is
a. accounted for as a deferred charge to be amortized using the straight line method
b. accounted for as part of the initial cost and recognized in profit or loss during the life of
the investment using the effective interest method
c. accounted for as part of the initial cost and recognized in profit or loss when the
investment is impaired
d. not given special accounting
85. Sanitarium Company holds equity instruments of Damage Inc., a non-publicly listed
company. The equity instruments were classified as regular investment. Which of the
following statements is correct?
a. Sanitarium should measure the asset at cost
b. Sanitarium should measure the asset at amortized cost
c. Sanitarium should carry the asset at fair value unless fair value cannot be determined
reliabl
y
d. Either a or b
Derecognition
86. Chowder Corporation invested ₱290,000 cash in equity securities classified as FVOCI in early
December. On December 31, the quoted market price for these securities is ₱307,000. Which
of the following statements is correct?
a. Chowder's December income statement includes a ₱17,000 gain on investments.
b. If Chowder sells these investments on January 2 for ₱300,000, it will report a loss of
₱7,000
in its income statement.
c. Chowder's December 31 statement of financial position reports marketable securities at
₱290,000 and an unrealized holding gain on investments of ₱17,000.
d. Chowder’s December 31 statement of financial position reports marketable securities at
₱307,000 and an Unrealizable Holding Gain on Investments of
₱7,000. (Adapted)
87. When an investment in FVPL is sold during the year, the realized gain or loss (assume no
transaction costs) equals
a. the difference between the acquisition cost and the fair value at date of sale.
b. the difference between the amortized cost and the fair value at the date of sale.
c. the balance in the valuation account.
d. the fair value change experienced during the year of sale.
(Adapted)
88. Which of the following is a provision of PAS 39 that has been outlawed by PFRS
9?
a. Painting provision
b. Provision
c. Tainting for doubtful accounts
provision
d. Reclassification between financial assets
90. Imagine that you are an auditor. During your preliminary survey, you were informed by your
client that a large portion of its investment in FVOCI has been sold during the year. Which of
the following is correct?
a. You will expect that your client’s profit for the current year is higher than the profit last
year.
b. You will expect to see a loss on sale of investment in your client’s records
c. You will expect to see an entry made to transfer cumulative fair value changes in the
FVOCI
directly to retained earnings.
d. You will expect nothing but coffee, free lunch, and long hours of AIDS (as if doing
something).
91. You are now a CPA and it is your first day on your job as an accountant. You were asked by
your client’s non-CPA staff on how to compute for the gain or loss on sale of an investment in
FVPL. You will tell the staff that the gain or loss on sale of an FVPL is computed as
a. the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the
investment on the date of sale.
b. the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the fair value of the investment on
the date of sale.
c. the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the original acquisition cost of the
investment.
d. You will tell the staff nothing because you just memorized multiple choice questions to
pass the board exams.
92. A change from the cost approach to the market approach of measuring fair value is considered
to be what type of accounting change?
a. Change in accounting estimate c. Change in valuation technique
b. Change in accounting d. Error correction
principle (AICPA)
Chapter 10
Investments (Part 2)
3. An entity purchased bonds to be measured at amortized cost. The bonds were purchased at a
premium. Assume the fair value of the bonds is volatile. Therefore:
a. less cash interest is received each year than interest revenue is recognized.
b. the ending valuation allowance account balance will depend on ending market value and
original cost.
c. the ending valuation allowance account balance will depend on the ending market value
and original cost adjusted for amortization of premium.
d. the carrying amount of the bonds decreases over the term of the bonds.
4. Zoom Corporation purchased bonds at a discount in the open market as an investment. Assume
that Zoom elects the fair value option. Zoom should account for these bonds at
a. Cost. c. Fair value.
b. Amortized cost d. Lower of cost or market.
7. Use of the effective-interest method in amortizing bond premiums and discounts results in
a. a greater amount of interest income over the life of the bond issue than would result from
use of the straight-line method.
b. a varying amount being recorded as interest income from period to period.
c. a variable rate of return on the book value of the investment.
d. a smaller amount of interest income over the life of the bond issue than would result from
use of the straight-line method.
(Adapted)
8. Subsequent to initial recognition, debt instruments acquired to be held up to their maturity are
measured at
a. acquisition cost.
b. acquisition cost plus amortization of a discount.
c. acquisition cost plus amortization of a premium.
d.fair value.
(Adapted)
9. Solo Co. purchased ₱300,000 of bonds for ₱315,000. If Solo intends to hold the securities to
maturity, the entry to record the investment includes
a. a debit to Held-to-Maturity Securities at ₱300,000.
b. a credit to Premium on Investments of ₱15,000.
c. a debit to Investment in bonds at amortized cost of ₱315,000.
d. none of these.
(Adapted)
14. Which of the following does not properly describe effective interest rate?
a. current market rate c. imputed rate of interest
b. stated rate d. yield rate
15. The rate used in computing interest income on debt instruments measured at amortized cost
a. nominal rate c. face rate
b. effective interest rate d. flat rate
16. The rate used in computing interest receivable on debt instruments measured at amortized
cost
a. nominal rate c. fast rate
b. effective interest rate d. celeb rate
17. If the cash paid on the purchase of bonds or if the cash proceeds received from the issuance
of bonds is greater than the face amount of the bonds, there is
a. premium b. discount c. bonds d. nothing
18. If the cash paid on the purchase of bonds or if the cash proceeds received from the issuance
of bonds is less than the face amount of the bonds, there is
a. premium b. discount c. bonds d. nothing
19. If the cash paid on the purchase of bonds or if the cash proceeds received from the issuance
of bonds is equal to the face amount of the bonds, there is
a. premium b. discount c. bonds d. nothing
20. When investment in term bonds measured at amortized cost are acquired at a discount, the
carrying amount of the bonds
a. increases each year
b. varies depending on the fair value of the financial asset at year-end
c. decreases each year
d. remains unchanged unless impairment loss is recognized
21. When investment in term bonds measured at amortized cost are acquired at a discount,
interest income recognized
a. increases each year
b. varies depending on the amortization table used
c. decreases each year
d. remains constant as a percentage of the face amount
22. Which of the following statements is correct regarding term bonds classified at amortized cost
acquired at a discount?
a. the carrying amount of the bonds increases but amortization decreases each year
b. the carrying amount of the bonds, interest income and amortization increase each year.
c. only interest income and carrying amount of bonds increase each year
d. only the carrying amount of the bonds increases each year
23. If bonds are acquired or sold in between interest payment dates
a. the transaction price necessarily includes any accrued interest
b. the cost of the investment acquired is increased by the accrued interest
c. the gain on sale is increased by the accrued interest
d. the seller will receive the full amount of interest
26. Under a regular way purchase or sale of financial assets (choose the incorrect statement)
a. the buyer recognizes fair value changes on the financial asset between the trade date and
settlement date, except for financial assets measured at amortized cost
b. the seller recognizes only the fair value changes of FVPL and FVOCI as of trade date; the
seller does not recognize fair value changes after trade date but before settlement date
c. trade date and settlement date accounting differs on the timing of recognition or
derecognition of financial assets bought or sold.
d. the seller recognizes fair value changes between the trade date and settlement date only
for FVPL and FVOCI but not amortized
cost
27. Investments in debt securities that are neither to be sold in the near term nor designated are
initially recorded at
a. amortized cost
b. fair value.
c. fair value plus direct acquisition cost, such as brokerage and other fees.
d. maturity value with a separate discount or premium account.
28. When an entity uses settlement date accounting for a financial asset acquired to be
subsequently measured at amortized cost,
a. the asset is recognized initially at its fair value plus direct transaction costs on settlement
date
b. the asset is recognized initially at its fair value plus direct transaction costs on the trade
date
c. the asset is recognized initially at its amortized cost on settlement date
d. the asset is recognized initially at its fair value plus direct transaction costs either on
settlement date or trade date
Reclassification
29. Which of the following is true if an entity reclassifies financial assets?
I. it shall apply the reclassification prospectively from the reclassification date
II. it shall restate any previously recognized gains, losses or interest
a. true, true b. true, false c. false, true d. false, false
30. If an entity which uses the calendar year changes its business model for managing financial
assets on February 1, 20x1, the reclassification date is on
a. January 1, 20x1 c. February 1, 20x2
b. January 1, 20x2 d. Any of these
31. When an investment in a debt instrument that was originally acquired to be held up to
maturity is transferred to FVOCI, the carrying amount assigned to the FVOCI is
a. the original acquisition cost
b. the fair value at the date of transfer
c. the lower of its original acquisition cost and its fair value at the date of transfer
d. none
32. Which of the following changes in circumstances qualifies as reclassification under PFRS 9
Financial Instruments?
a. A derivative that was previously a designated and effective hedging instrument in a cash
flow hedge or net investment hedge no longer qualifies as such.
b. A derivative becomes a designated and effective hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge
or net investment hedge.
c. A debt instrument previously measured at amortized cost is reclassified as held for trading
security due to a change in an entity’s business model.
d. An equity security is classified as financial asset measured at amortized cost due to a
change in an entity’s business model.
33. You are employed as an accountant in a company. One day your company changed its
business model on managing financial instrument. What will you do?
a. Immediately make journal entries to reclassify financial assets.
b. Make journal entries only if the boss is looking
c. Procrastinate. Go back to your facebook account. Make journal entries next year.
d. Read the revised risk management manual, identify the effect of the change in business
model on the current classifications of financial assets, identify which items should be
reclassified and to which classifications they will be reclassified, and then make the
journal entries before you go home.
34. Which of the following reclassifications of financial assets is permitted under PFRS 9?
a. reclassification out of designated at FVPL to amortized cost
b. reclassification out of amortized cost to FVOCI
c. reclassification out of held for trading equity securities to amortized cost
d. reclassification out of amortized cost to held for trading securities.
35. When investments measured at amortized cost are reclassified to FVOCI, what amount of gain
or loss is recognized in profit or loss?
a. The amount from the date of acquisition to the date of reclassification.
b. The amount from the beginning of the year of reclassification to date of reclassification.
c. The amounts realized to date.
d. The amount from the date of acquisition the beginning of the year of reclassification.
e. Zero
(Adapted)
37. A marketable debt security is transferred from fair value to amortized cost. At the transfer
date, the security’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Assume the fair value option is not
elected to report this security. What amount is used at the transfer date to record the security
in the amortized cost category?
a. Fair value, regardless of whether the decline in market value below cost is considered
permanent or temporary.
b. Fair value, only if the decline in market value below cost is considered permanent.
c. Cost, if the decline in market value below cost is considered temporary.
d. Cost, regardless of whether the decline in market value below cost is considered
permanent or temporary.
(AICPA)
38. Yamaha Co. determined that the decline in the fair value of an investment was below the
carrying amount and the decline is permanent in nature. The investment was classified as
financial asset measured at FVOCI in Yamaha's books. The accountant properly records the
decrease in fair value by including it in which of the following?
a. Other comprehensive income section of the statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income only.
b. Profit or loss section of the income statement and writing down the carrying amount to
FMV.
c. No accounting is required because the investment is measured at FVOCI
d. Other comprehensive income section of the statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income and presenting the net cumulative write downs of cost in equity.
Impairment
39. Impairment losses on equity securities classified as FVOCI are
a. recognized in equity only if impairment loss represents a permanent decline in fair value
b. profit or loss
c. not recognized since changes in fair values are recognized in profit or loss
d. not given special accounting, decreases in fair values are recognized in other
comprehensive income regardless of whether the decrease is temporary or permanent
40. Are the following statements true or false, in accordance with PFRS7 Financial instruments:
disclosures?
I. The carrying amount of amortized cost investments must be disclosed in the statement of
financial position only.
II. The amount of any impairment loss for each class of financial asset must be disclosed in
the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income only.
a. False, False b. False True c. True False d. True True
(ACCA)
Dividends
43. Dividends received on investment in equity securities accounted for under PFRS 9 are either
treated as return of capital or return on capital. Which of the following types of dividends are
treated as return on capital?
a. Cash and property dividends
b. Share dividends
c. Liquidating dividends
d. Cash dividends received in lieu of share dividends
44. Peavey Co. owns 2% of Marshall. A property dividend by Marshall consisted of merchandise
with a fair value lower than the listed retail price. Peavey in turn gave the merchandise to its
employees as a holiday bonus. How should Peavey report the receipt and distribution of the
merchandise in its income statement?
a. At fair value for both dividend revenue and employee compensation expense.
b. At listed retail price for both dividend revenue and employee compensation expense.
c. At fair value for dividend revenue and listed retail price for employee compensation
expense.
d.By disclosure only.
(AICPA)
45. Dividends received on investment in equity securities accounted for under PFRS 9 are treated
as
a. either a return of capital or return on capital depending on the existence of significant
influence
b. return on capital for all cash and property dividends received
c. return on capital for all cash and property dividends received except those declared from
pre-acquisition retained surplus
d. return on capital for all cash, property, and stock dividends
Stock rights
46. State if the following statements are true or false.
I. A derivative that is attached to a financial instrument but is contractually transferable
independently of that instrument, or has a different counterparty, is not an embedded
derivative, but a separate financial instrument.
II. When, and only when, an entity changes its business model for managing financial assets
shall it reclassify all affected financial assets.
a. true, true b. true, false c. false, true d. false, false
47. In accordance with PFRSs, which of the following terms best describes a compound financial
instrument component of a hybrid instrument that also includes a non-derivative host
contract?
a. c. Financial asset at amortized cost
FVOCI
b. An embedded derivative
(ACCA)
d. FVPL
48. Under PFRS 9, stock rights are considered (choose the incorrect statement):
a. embedded derivatives all throughout the period they are outstanding
b. derivatives
c. embedded derivatives after their declaration but prior to their issuance
d. not embedded derivatives after their issuance but prior to their expiration date
49. The following statements correctly relate to share dividends and stock rights from the
viewpoint of the investor:
I. When stock rights are received on investment in unquoted equity securities measured at
cost, no entry is required to transfer a portion of the cost of the original investment to a
separate account for the stock rights.
II. A stock dividend received on an investment in unquoted equity securities measured at cost
reduces the per share cost of the investment.
III From the date stock rights are issued until the date they expire, shares of stock of the
. issuing corporation are said to sell ex-rights.
a. I b. I, II c. II, III d. I, II,
(RPCP III
A)
50. If an investment in equity securities is measured at cost then
a. subsequent changes in fair values of the investment is ignored
b. stock rights received on the investment is not recognized
c. an allocation of cost is made when stock rights are received on the investment, the
allocation is based on relative fair values of the shares and the stock rights
d. no allocation of cost is necessary if share dividends received are different from those
originally held
51. Which of the following forms a basis for the non-recognition of stock rights received on
investment in equity instruments measured at cost?
a. Assets are recognized only if they can be measured reliably and meet the other criteria for
recognition as set forth under the Conceptual Framework. The value of stock rights
received on investments in equity securities measured at cost cannot be determined
reliably.
b. There is no available allocation basis for allocating the cost of the investment to the stock
rights received because the fair value of the investment cannot be determined.
c. PFRS 9 requires that all investments in equity securities should be measured at fair value.
If the stock rights received and the related investment measured at cost have determinable
fair values, an entity is required to change from cost measurement to fair value
measurement. Thus, no allocation of cost is necessary. Both the stock rights and the
investment are measured at fair value.
d. All of these
Disclosure
52. Fair value measurement (choose the incorrect statement)
a. violates the going concern assumption
b. renders no special accounting for impairment losses
c. requires disclosure of information derived from sources other than accounting records
d. is required of investments in equity instruments of other entities
e. fair value reflects the credit quality of the instrument
53. In accordance with PFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures, all of the following would be
disclosed, except
a. Policy for requiring collateral or other security due to repurchase agreements or securities
lending transactions.
b. Cash flows between the securitization special purpose entity (SPE) and the transferor.
c. Accounting policies for measuring retained interest.
d. Description of assets or liabilities with estimable fair values.
(Adapted)
54. Which of the following types of information does PFRS 7 not require to be disclosed about
exposure to risks arising from financial instruments?
a. Qualitative and quantitative information about market risk.
b. Qualitative and quantitative information about credit risk.
c. Qualitative and quantitative information about operational risk.
d. Qualitative and quantitative information about liquidity risk.
(Adapted)
55. In accordance with PFRS7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures, which of the following best
describe the risk that an entity will encounter if it has difficulty in meeting obligations
associated with its financial liabilities?
a. Liquidity risk b. Credit risk c. Financial risk d. Payment risk
(ACCA)
56. In accordance with PFRS7 Financial instruments: disclosures, which of the following best
describe credit risk?
a. The risk that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other
party by failing to discharge an
obligation
b. The risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with
financial liabilities
c. The risk that the fair value associated with an instrument will vary due to changes in the
counterparty's credit rating
d. The risk that an entity's credit facilities will be withdrawn due to cash flow sensitivities
(ACC
A)
57. For what items is fair value required to be disclosed under PFRS 7?
a. All financial instruments.
b. All financial instruments, except for unquoted equity instruments that cannot be reliably
measured at fair value (and derivatives linked thereto).
c. All financial assets and financial liabilities, except for investments in unquoted equity
instruments that cannot be reliably measured at fair value.
d. All financial assets, except for investments in unquoted equity instruments that cannot be
reliably measured at fair value (and derivatives linked thereto).
(Adapted)
58. In accordance with PFRS7 Financial instruments: disclosures which of the following are
components of market risk?
a. Credit risk b. Currency risk c. Interest rate risk d. b and c
(ACCA)
59. Are the following statements about disclosures within the financial statements true or false,
according to PFRS7 Financial instruments: Disclosures?
(1)The disclosure of quantitative data about an entity's risk exposure shall be based upon
internal information provided to key management personnel.
(2)A maturity analysis for financial liabilities based on the expected payment dates for those
liabilities shall be disclosed.
a. False, False b. False, True c. True, False d. True,
True (ACCA)
60. Whether recognized or unrecognized in an entity's financial statements, disclosure of the fair
values of the entity's financial instruments is required when:
a. It is practicable to estimate those values.
b. The entity maintains accurate cost records.
c. Aggregated fair values are material to the entity
d.Individual fair values are material to the entity.
(AICPA)
61. A general disclosure on investments that should be made in the body of the financial
statements or in the accompanying notes
a. allowance for decline in value
b. material security holdings of securities of related parties
c. details of any liens or pledges as collateral on any restrictions on sales
d. all of these
(Adapted)
62. Which of the following types of information does PFRS 7 not require to be disclosed about
the significance of financial instruments?
a. Carrying amounts of categories of financial instruments.
b. Fair values of financial instruments.
c. Information about the use of hedge accounting.
d. Information about financial instruments, contracts, and obligations under share-based
payment transactions.
(Adapted)
63. Disclosure of information about the extent, nature, and terms of financial instruments with
off-balance sheet credit or market risk and about concentrations of credit risk is required for
all financial instruments. Which of the following is defined as a financial instrument?
a. Inventory c. Deferred subscriptions revenue
b. Note payable d. A warranty payable.
(Adapted)
65. Uncertainty that the party on the other side of an agreement will abide by the terms of the
agreement is referred to as
a. price c. interest rate risk
risk
b. credit d. exchange rate risk
risk
(Adapted)
67. Disclosures about the following kinds of risks are required for most amortized cost financial
instruments.
Concentration of credit risk Market risk
a. Yes Yes
b. Yes No
c. No Yes
d. No
(Adapted) N
o
68. What are the principal objectives of PFRS 7?
a. To provide presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments.
b. To require disclosures about the significance of financial instruments for an entity’s
financial position and financial performance and qualitative and quantitative information
about exposure to risks arising from financial instruments.
c. To set out specified balance sheet and income statement formats for financial entities.
d. To require disclosures about an entity’s exposure to off–balance-sheet instruments and
other complex transactions.
(Adapted)
Chapter 11
Investments (Part 3)
3. Upon the death of an officer, Budoy Co. received the proceeds of a life insurance policy held
by Budoy on the officer. The proceeds were not taxable. The policy’s cash surrender value had
been recorded on Budoy’s books at the time of payment. What amount of income should
Budoy report in its statements?
a. Proceeds received.
b. Proceeds received less cash surrender value.
c. Proceeds received plus cash surrender value.
d.None.
(AICPA)
4. Under
what
condition
would
b. Whenanfunds are set aside for a specific long-term purpose such as plant expansion.
entity
c. When the value of a firm's investment in marketable securities is less than cost.
report
d. Under no circumstance.
marketabl
5. eWhich of the following is correct regarding accounting for investments?
securities
a. Any current or non-current investment acquired should be recorded at “cost or market”
as awhichever
long- is lower on date of acquisition.
term
b. Allowances for decline in value of investments are not necessary to be disclosed in the
asset?
body of the financial statements or in the accompanying notes.
a. When the
c. Sinking securities
fund are classified
assets consisting as FVOCI
of cash but are to
and securities be for
held soldthe
within the nextoftwelve
redemption bonds or
months.
stocks are normally classified as investments.
d. A debt instrument may be classified as financial asset measured at amortized cost provided
the entity can demonstrate its ability to hold the instrument up to its maturity.
6. The cash surrender value of the insurance policy on the corporation's president would be
presented on the balance sheet as:
a. cash c. long-term investment
b.marketable securities d. prepaid expense
(Adapted)
7. In January 20x1, Carlsbro Co. established a sinking fund in connection with its issue of bonds
due in 20x5. A bank was appointed as independent trustee of the fund. At December 31, 20x1,
the trustee held ₱364,000 cash in the sinking fund account, representing ₱300,000 in annual
deposits to the fund, and ₱64,000 of interest earned on those deposits. How should the
sinking fund be reported in Carlsbro's statement of financial position at December 31, 20x1?
a. No part of the sinking fund should appear in Carlsbro's statement of financial position.
b. ₱64,000 should appear as a current asset.
c. ₱364,000 should appear as a current asset.
d. ₱364,000 should appear as a noncurrent asset.
(Adapted)
8. Marketable equity securities held to finance the long-term future expansion of a company
should be reported on the balance sheet as:
a. funds and investments
b. operational assets
c. current assets with additional information in a footnote
d.appropriation of retained earnings
(Adapted)
3. When investments in equity securities represent 20% to 50% interest in the voting rights of
the investee, which of the following standards most likely would be applied?
a. PFRS 9 b. PAS 31 c. PFRS 3 d. PAS 28
4. When equity investments results to joint control, which standard shall be applied?
a. PFRS 9 b. PAS 31 c. PFRS 3 d. PAS 28
10. It is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but
is not control or joint control over those policies.
a. significant influenza c. significant influence
b. control d. joint control
12. It is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain
benefits from its activities.
a. control b. joint controlc. significant influence d. telekineses
13. It is a contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity
that is subject to joint control.
a. partners b. joint control c. joint venture d. marriage
14. It is the contractually agreed sharing of control over an economic activity, and exists only
when the strategic financial and operating decisions relating to the activity require the
unanimous consent of the parties sharing control (venturers).
a. control b. joint venture c. joint control d. wedding vow
15. A controlling company having subsidiaries which activities were confined primarily to their
management
a. an affiliate is: c. a majority interest
b.subsidiary d. a holding company
(Adapted)
16. PAS 28 does not require the equity method to be applied to which of the following
instance(s)?
I. When an associate is acquired and held with a view to its disposal within twelve months
of acquisition. There must be evidence that the investment is acquired with the intention
to dispose of it and that management is actively seeking a buyer. The words ‘in the near
future’ were replaced with the words ‘within twelve months’. When such an associate is
not disposed of within twelve months it must be accounted for using the equity method as
from the date of acquisition, except in narrowly specified circumstances under PFRS 5.
II. An investor continues to have significant influence over an associate; however, the
associate is operating under severe long-term restrictions that significantly impair its
ability to transfer funds to the investor.
III An investor holds 10% interest in an investee; however, the interest held gives the investor
. significant influence over the investee.
IV. An investor presents separate financial statement in accordance with PAS 27.
a. I and IV b. I, III, IV c. I, II, III, IV d. none
Significant
influence
17. According to PAS 28 Investments in associates, which of the following statements best
describes the term 'significant influence'?
a. The holding of a significant proportion of the share capital in another entity
b. The contractually agreed sharing of control over an economic entity
c. The power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of an entity
d. The mutual sharing in the risks and benefits of a combined entity
(ACCA)
19. Which of the following may provide evidence of significant influence even if the percentage
of ownership interest is less than 20%?
I. Representation on the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the investee.
II. Participation in policy-making processes, including participation in decisions about
dividends or other distributions.
III. Material transactions between the investor and the investee
IV. Interchange of managerial personnel.
V. Provision of essential technical information.
a. I, II b. I, II, III c. I, II, IV d. any of these
21. In assessing whether significant influence exists, an investor shall consider any potential
voting rights held only if
a. it intends to exercise the potential voting rights
b. the potential voting rights are currently exercisable
c. a and b
d. they are not considered
22. When computing for its share in the associate’s profit or loss, an investor shall use
a. its present ownership interest
b. its present ownership interest adjusted for the effect of any potential voting rights
c. the potential voting rights percentage
d. the effective interest rate
23. According to PAS 28, significant influence is the investor’s participation in the financial and
operating policy decisions of the investee but not control of these decisions. Which of the
following may an investor be unable to exercise significant influence?
a. participation in policy making process
b. material intercompany transactions
c. majority ownership of the investee concentrated among a small group of shareholders
who operate the investee without regard to the views of the investor
d. technological dependency
(Adapted)
24. Under PAS 28, these refer to instruments, which if exercised, give the entity additional voting
power or reduce another party’s voting power over the financial and operating policies of
another entity.
a. share rights c. convertible securities
b. share options d. potential voting rights
25. When assessing the existence of significant influence, which of the following shall be
considered by the investor?
a. potential voting rights that are not exercisable immediately
b. share options giving the investor the right to purchase preference shares of the investee
c. stock rights which are exercisable immediately but the entity’s management does not
intend to exercise.
d. potential voting rights that will be received in the following accounting period
Equity method
27. Investments accounted for under the equity method are initially recognized at
a. cost
b. fair value
c. fair value plus direct acquisition cost
d. cost plus or minus share in profit or loss of associate
28. Which of the following does not correctly relate to the application of the equity method?
a. the investor recognizes its proportionate share in the profit or loss, other comprehensive
income, and discontinued operations of the associate
b. dividends received are accounted for as reduction in the investment balance
c. share dividends are not accounted for
d. the investor accounts only its proportionate share in the profit or loss of the associate but
not in other comprehensive income and discontinued operations.
29. Under the equity method, which of the following does not decrease the investment account?
a. share in associate’s loss
b. amortization of undervaluation of asset
c. amortization of overvaluation of asset
d. share in dividends declared by the associate
31. When computing for its share in the associate’s profit or loss, the investor should
I. deduct one year dividends on cumulative preference shares of the associate held by other
parties and classified as equity, whether declared or not.
II. deduct one year dividends on noncumulative preference shares of the associate held by
other parties and classified as equity, whether declared or not.
deduct all dividends in arrears on cumulative preference shares of the associate held by other
III
. parties and classified as equity, whether declared or not.
IV. deduct dividends on noncumulative preference shares of the associate held by other
parties and classified as equity only when declared.
V. not deduct from profit or loss any dividends on ordinary shares before computing for the
share in the associate’s profit or loss.
a. I, IV, V b. I, IV c. II, III, V d. II, III
32. The equity method causes the balance in the investment account to approximate:
a. original cost of the investment
b. market value of the investment
c. original cost of the investment minus any dividends declared and paid by the other
company
d. original cost of the investment plus a proportionate share of subsequent undistributed
earnings of the investee company.
(Adapted)
33. How is goodwill arising on the acquisition of an associate dealt with in the financial
statements?
a. It is amortized.
b. It is impairment tested individually.
c. It is written off against profit or loss.
d. Goodwill is not recognized separately within the carrying amount of the investment.
(Adapted)
34. If the excess of the acquisition cost of an investment accounted for under equity method over
the book value of net assets acquired is attributable to an undervalued depreciable asset and
an unidentifiable asset, which of the following statements is correct
a. The carrying amount of the investment is increased by the proportionate share in the
profits earned by the investee and decreased by the depreciation of the interest in the
undervaluation and unaffected by the separate impairment of the unidentifiable asset
b. The carrying amount of the investment is increased by the depreciation of the interest in
the undervaluation and amortization of the unidentifiable asset
c. The carrying amount of the investment is decreased by the depreciation of the interest in
the undervaluation and decreased by the separate impairment on the unidentifiable asset.
d. Investment income is decreased by the depreciation of the interest in the undervaluation
and amortization of the unidentifiable asset
35. The equity method is most likely not applicable to which of the following?
a. ownership interest of 2%, 2 out of 7 of the BOD of the associate is appointed by the
investor
b. ownership interest of 40%
c. ownership interest of 20% but the associate is operating under severe long-term
restrictionsinterest
d. ownership that significantly impairwith
of 25% acquired its ability to transfer
an exclusive viewfunds to the investor
of subsequent disposal within
12months and accounted for under PFRS 5
38. Which of the following computations may properly result to the correct amount of share in
associate’s profit or loss for the period?
a. Share in profit of associate minus amortization of share in the overvaluation of associate’s
asset
b. Share in profit of associate minus amortization of share in the undervaluation of associate’s
asset
c. Share in profit of associate minus amortization of share in the undervaluation of
associate’s asset minus share in dividends declared by associate
d. Share in profit of associate minus amortization of share in the undervaluation of
associate’s asset minus separate impairment loss on goodwill included in the carrying
amount of the investment
39. Which of the following may represent the net change in the investment in associate account
during a period?
a. Share in profit of associate minus share in dividends plus increase in the investment in
associate account
b. Share in profit of associate minus share in dividends minus increase in the investment in
associate account
c. Share in profit of associate minus share in dividends
d. Share in profit of associate plus share in dividends
41. The excess of purchase cost of an investment in associate over the fair value of the interest
acquired represents
a. goodwill that should not be amortized but tested for impairment at least annually
b. negative goodwill that should be recognized in the investor’s profit or loss in the year of
acquisition.
c. negative goodwill that should be deferred and amortized
d. goodwill that is not required to be accounted for separately
42. The excess of the fair value of the interest acquired over the purchase cost of an investment in
associate represents
a. goodwill that should not be amortized but tested for impairment at least annually
b. negative goodwill that should be recognized in the investor’s profit or loss in the year of
acquisition.
c. negative goodwill that should be deferred and amortized
d. goodwill that is not required to be accounted for separately
43. Equity method shall cease to be applied only when the investor loses significant influence
over the associate. Which of the following is not true?
a. The loss of significant influence can occur with or without a change in the percentage of
ownership.
b. An entity loses significant influence over an investee when it loses the power to
participate
in the financial and operating policy decisions of that investee.
c. There is a presumption of loss of significant influence if the ownership interest falls below
20%.is a presumption of loss of significant influence when the associate is operating
d. There
under severe long-term restrictions that significantly impair its ability to transfer funds to
the investor.
46. On the loss of significant influence, the investor shall do any of the following, except
a. measure at fair value any investment retained in the former associate.
b. recognize gain or loss for the difference between the net disposal proceeds received and
the carrying amount of the investment sold
c. recognize gain or loss for the difference between the fair value of the interest retained and
the carrying amount of the previous interest held
d. account for the discontinuance of equity method retrospectively.
48. If an investor’s ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is not
lost,
a. the investor should cease applying the equity method and use PFRS 9 if ownership interest
is reduced below 20% or PFRS 3 and PAS 27 if ownership interest is increased above
50%.
b. the investor shall reclassify to profit or loss or directly in equity only a proportionate
amount of the gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income.
c. the investor continues to use the equity method and since significant influence is not lost,
no adjustment is needed
d. do nothing
49. If there is any excess of the investor’s share of the net fair value of the associate’s identifiable
assets and contingent liabilities over the cost of the investment, that is, negative goodwill,
how should that excess be treated?
a. It should be included in the carrying amount of the investment.
b. It should be written off against retained earnings.
c. It should be included as income in the determination of the investor’s share of the
associate’s profit or loss for the period.
d. It should be disclosed separately as part of the investor’s equity.
(Adapted)
51. When the equity method is used to account for the investment in an associate, the recording
of the receipt of a cash distribution from the investee will result in
a. The recognition of investment income.
b. A reduction in the investment balance.
c. An Increase in a liability account.
d. An increase in special equity account.
52. Stock dividends on common stock should be recorded at their fair market value by the
investor when the related investment is accounted for under which of the following methods?
Equity
Cost
a. Yes Yes
b. Yes No
c. No Yes
d. No No
(AICPA)
53. Which of the following statements is in accordance with the provisions of PAS 28?
I. The income or loss on the investment in associate is computed on the net income after tax
of the associate.
II. The income or loss on the investment in associate is presented in the statement of profit or
loss and other comprehensive income after the line item “Income Tax Expense” but
before discontinued operations.
a. I b. II c. I and II d. Neither I nor II
54. On January 1, 20x1, Adjacent Inc. purchased 10% of Juxtaposition Co.’s common stock.
Adjacent purchased additional shares bringing its ownership up to 40% of Juxtaposition’s
common stock outstanding on August 1, 20x1. During October 20x1, Juxtaposition declared
and paid a cash dividend on all of its outstanding common stock. Under PAS 28, how much
income from the Juxtaposition investment should Adjacent’s 20x1 income statement report?
a. 10% of Juxtaposition’s income for January 1 to July 31, 20x1, plus 40% of Juxtaposition’s
income for August 1 to December 31, 20x1.
b. 40% of Juxtaposition’s income for August 1 to December 31, 20x1 only.
c. 40% of Juxtaposition’s 20x1 income.
d.Amount equal to dividends received from Juxtaposition.
(AICPA)
56. Bell owns 10% of the common stock of War Co. throughout the year. War Co. has no
preferred stock outstanding. Bella’s stock gives him the right to
a. be paid 10% of the firm’s profits in cash each year
b. receivedividends
c. receive dividendsequal
equaltoto10%
10%ofofthe
thetotal
par dividends
value eachpaid
yearby the corporation for the year
to common stockholders
d. keep the corporation from issuing any additional stock unless he is willing to buy 10% of
the newly issued shares
(AICPA)
57. Adjustments to the carrying amount of the investment in associate may be necessary for
changes in the investor’s proportionate interest in the investee arising from changes in the
investee’s equity that have not been recognized in the investee’s profit or loss. Which of the
following may not necessitate an adjustment to the investment in associate account?
a. Changes in revaluation surplus of associate
b. Changes in valuation of the associate’s FVOCI securities
c. Changes in the actuarial gains and losses of the associate not amortized through the
corridor approach
d. Changes in the Allowance for doubtful accounts of the associate
58. Which of the following is correct in relation to accounting for investments in associates?
I. Theoretically, the total market value of shares held as investment in associate which have
been subjected to a share dividend should be the same as it was before the dividend.
II. Share dividends received on an investment in associate is accounted for as deduction from
the investment account.
III. Share dividends received on an investment in associate is generally not accounted for.
a. I b. II c. I and III d. I, II and
III
59. Which of the following statements correctly refers to the provisions of PAS 28 Investments in
Associates?
I. If an investor acquires additional shares sufficient to give him significant influence, a
retrospective adjustment should be made on the financial statements to recognize share
in profits and losses of the investee not previously recognized.
II. No adjustment to the investment account is made when changing from the fair value
method to the equity method.
a. b. II c. I and II d. Neither I nor
I II
60. An investor in equity securities received cash dividends in excess of the investor’s share of
investee’s earnings subsequent to the date of the investment. How will the investor’s
investment account be affected by those dividends for each of the following investments?
FVOCI securities Equity method investment
a. No effect No effect
b. No
c. Decrease
No effect effect
Decrease
d. Decrease Decrease
(AICP
A)
61. The investment in associate is reduced to zero when
a. the investment in associate is partly reclassified to FVPL
b. the share in the losses of the associate exceeds the share in the profits
c. at no instance should the investment be reduced to zero unless the investment is
derecognized through sale or other forms of disposal
d. the share in the losses of the associate exceeds the investor’s interest in the associate
63. The following statements relate to equity method. Choose the incorrect statement.
a. In accounting for investments in common stock under the equity method, sales of stock of
an investee by an investor, should be accounted for as gains or losses equal to the
difference at the time of sales between selling price and carrying amount of the stock sold.
b. The general rule is that an investor owning 20% or more of the voting stock of an investee
is presumed to have the ability to exercise significant interest over the investee.
c. Under the equity method of accounting, the investments in common stock should be
shown as a single amount, and the investor’s share of earnings or losses from its
investment should ordinarily be shown in its income statement as a single amount
including the results of discontinued operations.
d. The equity method of recording security transactions assumes a close economic
relationship between the investor and the investee. It is used, when influential interest
exists.
(RPCPA)
64. Wrath Co. uses the equity method to account for its January 1, 2003 purchase of Anger Inc.’s
common stock. On January 1, 2003, the fair values of Anger’s FIFO inventory and land
exceeded their carrying amounts. How do these excesses of fair values over carrying amounts
affect Wrath’s reported equity in Anger’s 2003 earnings?
Inventory excess Land excess
Decrease
a.
b. Decrease No effect
c. Increase Increase
d. No effect
Increase
(AICPA)
65. On May 1, 20x1, Upbeat Company acquired 30% of the voting stock of Reggae Corp. In
20x1, Reggae had net earnings of ₱100,000 and paid dividends of ₱10,000. Upbeat
mistakenly measured these transactions using the cost instead of the equity method of
accounting. What effect would this have on working capital, dividend income, and net
earnings, respectively?
a. overstate, overstate, overstate
b.
c. nonoeffect,
effect,overstate,
understate, understate
understate
d. understate, understate, understate
(RPCPA)
68. The following statements relate to the accounting for investments in equity instruments.
I. Whenever an investment in marketable equity securities does not qualify for accounting
using the equity method, the investor is required to recognize as dividend income cash
dividends received from the investee.
II. The cost measurement for equity investments is permitted in separate financial
statements.
III An investor may still be able to exercise significant influence over an investee, even if the
. investment is less than 20% of the voting stock of the investee.
IV. No adjustment to the investment account is made when changing from the equity to the
fair value measurement, or vice versa.
a. I, II b. I, II, III c. I, III d. I, II, IV
69. In its financial statements, Musang, Inc. uses the cost measurement of accounting for its 15%
ownership of Kalinga Coffee Co. At December 31, 20x1, Musang has a receivable from
Kalinga Coffee. How should the receivable be reported in Musang’s December 31, 20x1
statement of financial position?
a. The total receivable should be reported separately.
b. The total receivable should be included as part of the investment in Kalinga Coffee,
without separate disclosure.
c. 85% of the receivable should be reported separately, with the balance offset against
Kalinga Coffee’s payable to Musang.
d. The total receivable should be offset against Kalinga Coffee’s payable to Musang, without
separate disclosure.
(AICPA)
70. When the equity method is used to account for investments in common stock, which of the
following affects the investor’s reported investment income?
Equipment amortization related to purchase Cash dividends from investee
a. Yes Yes
b. No Yes
c. No No
d. Yes No
(AICPA
)
71. Google Co. received a cash dividend from a common stock investment. Should Google report
an increase in the investment account if it has classified the stock as FVOCI or uses the equity
method of accounting?
FVOCI Equity
a. No No
b. Ye Yes
c. s
d. Ye No
(AICP s
A) No Yes
72. Bliss Co. uses the equity method to account for its investment in Nirvana, Inc. common stock.
How should Bliss record a 2% stock dividend received from Nirvana?
a. As dividend revenue at Nirvana's carrying value of the stock.
b. As dividend revenue at the market value of the stock.
c. As a reduction in the total cost of Nirvana stock owned.
d. As a memorandum entry reducing the unit cost of all Nirvana stock owned.
(AICPA)
73. Which of the following investments in an associate is not within the scope of PAS 28
Investments in associates?
a. An associate held by a subsidiary and measured at cost
b. An associate held by a venture capital organization and measured at cost
c. An associate held by a venture capital organization and measured at fair value with
changes
in fair value recognized in profit or
loss
d. An associate held by a subsidiary and measured at fair value with changes in fair value
recognized in profit or loss
(ACCA)
74. Fretboard Company equity accounts for its 40% interest in Fingerboard Company.
Fingerboard's financial statements include the following:
Revenue ₱ 600,000
Cost of sales (250,000)
350,000
Operating expenses (285,000)
65,000
Tax ( 20,000)
₱ 45,000
Are the following statements true or false, according to PAS 28 Investments in associates?
1) Fretboard's consolidated revenue should include ₱240,000 in respect of Fingerboard.
2) Fretboard's consolidated profit before tax should include ₱26,000 in respect of Fingerboard.
Statement (1) Statement (2)
a. False
False Fals
b. True
c. e Fals
d. True e
(ACC True True
A)
75. An investor must apply the requirements of PAS 36 in determining whether it is necessary to
recognize any impairment loss in the investment in an associate. How is the impairment test
carried out?
a. The goodwill is separated from the rest of the investment and is impairment tested
individually.
b. The entire carrying amount of the investment is tested for impairment under PAS 36 by
comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying amount.
c. The carrying value of the investment should be compared with its market value.
d. The recoverable amounts of all investments in associates should be assessed together to
determine whether there has been an impairment on all investments.
(Adapted)
76. What accounting method should be used for an investment in an associate where it is
operating under severe long-term restrictions - for example where the government of a
company has temporary control over the associate?
a. PFRS 9 should be applied.
b. The equity method should be applied if significant influence can be exerted.
c. The associate should be shown at cost.
d.Proportionate consolidation should be used.
(Adapted)
77. If the investor ceases to have significant influence over an associate, how should the
investment be treated?
a. It should still be treated using equity accounting.
b. It should be treated in accordance with PFRS 9.
c. The investment should be frozen at the date at which the investor ceases to have
significant influence.
d.The investment should be treated at cost.
(Adapted)
78. When significant influence is achieved from additional purchase of shares resulting to an
increase in ownership interest,
a. the change to equity method is treated retrospectively, “catch up” adjustments shall be
made in order to restate the accounts to what their balances should be had equity method
been used all along.
b. the previous investment is measured at acquisition-date fair value and any difference
between this amount and the previous carrying amount is recognized immediately in profit
or loss.
c. PAS 28 and PFRS 3 requires that the investment account be adjusted for any share in cash
dividends declared by the investee in previous periods that were recognized as income.
d. the previous investment is measured at acquisition-date fair value and any difference
between this amount and the previous carrying amount is recognized immediately in profit
or loss or other comprehensive income, as appropriate.
79. Profits and losses resulting from “upstream” and “downstream” transactions between an
investor and an associate are
a. recognized in the investor’s financial statements through proportionate consolidation,
meaning the investor recognizes its share in the sale and cost of sales recorded by the
associate
b. recognized in the investor’s financial statements only to the extent of unrelated investors’
interests in the associate.
c. recognized in the investor’s financial statements only to the extent of related investors’
interests in the associate.
d. not recognized in the investor’s financial statements
80. Under PAS 28, profits and losses resulting from ‘upstream’ and ‘downstream’ transactions
between an investor and an associate
a. must be eliminated to the extent of the investor’s interest in the associate.
b. must be eliminated to the extent of the unrelated interest over the associate
c. must be recognized in full after adjustment for the increases or decreases in beginning
inventory
d. not recognized
81. Under PAS 28, adjustments to share in profit or loss of an associate may differ if the
transaction is “downstream” or “upstream.” Which of the following statements is true?
I. Jack Co. owns 20% interest in Old Man, Inc. During the year Old Man sold magic beans
to Jack. This is an upstream transaction.
II. Goldilocks Co. owns 20% interest in Papa Bear, Inc. During the year Goldilocks
purchased porridge from Papa Bear. This is a downstream transaction.
a. true, true b. true false c. false, true d. false, false
82. Daddeh Co. owns 20% interest in Bebeh Co. During the year, Daddeh sold inventory to Bebeh
at 20% gross profit. As of year-end Bebeh still holds 100% of the inventory. How much share
in the profit from the transaction will Daddeh recognize for the year? Assume income tax rate
of 30%.
a. 14% b. 80% c. 2.8% d. none
83. Under PAS 28, it refers to the carrying amount of the investment in the associate under the
equity method together with any long-term interests that in substance, form part of the
investor’s net investment in the associates.
a. investment in associate c. interest in ownership
b. interest in the associate d. none
84. Which of the following may not be included in interest in associate when determining the
threshold in recognizing share in losses of associate?
a. investment in preference shares of associate
b. long-term, unsecured, advances to the associate
c. trade receivables from the associate
d. investment in associate
85. Losses recognized under the equity method in excess of the investor’s investment in ordinary
shares are applied to the other components of the investor’s interest in the associate
a. in the order of their seniority
b. in the reverse order of their seniority
c. in the order of priority in liquidation
d. in no particular order
86. After the investor’s interest in the associate is reduced to zero, additional losses are provided
for, and a liability is recognized, only to the extent that the investor has incurred
a. legal or constructive obligations
b. made payments on behalf of the associate
c. a or b
d. further losses are not recognized
87. If the associate subsequently reports profits, the investor resumes recognizing its share of
those profits
a. only after its share of the profits equals the share of losses not recognized
b. only after its share of the profits equals the share of losses previously recognized
c. only if there are no outstanding legal or constructive obligation incurred on behalf of the
associate
d. a or b
Others
89. Investments in associates are normally classified in the statement of financial position as
a. current assets b. noncurrent assets c. fair value d. equity account
91. What should happen when the financial statements of an associate are not prepared to the
same date as the investor’s accounts?
a. The associate should prepare financial statements for the use of the investor at the same
date as those of the investor.
b. The financial statements of the associate prepared up to a different accounting date will be
used as normal.
c. Any major transactions between the date of the financial statements of the investor and
that of the associate should be accounted for.
d.As long as the gap is not greater than three months, there is no problem.
(Adapted)
94. When the accounting policies used by the investor and the associate do not match
a. PAS 28 requires appropriate adjustments to the associate’s financial statements to
conform them to the investor’s accounting policies for reporting like transactions and
other events in similar circumstances.
b. PAS 28 does not require appropriate adjustments to the associate’s financial statements to
conform them to the investor’s accounting policies for reporting like transactions and
other events in similar circumstances when it was not practicable to use uniform
accounting policies
c. PAS 28 requires the entity to discontinue the use of the equity method
d. In no instance should the accounting policies used by the investor and the associate be
different.
95. When financial statements of an associate used in applying the equity method are prepared as
at the end of the reporting period that is different from that of the investor,
a. the difference must be no greater than three months
b. the difference must be no greater than twelve months
c. the difference must be compensated by an interim financial statement
d. no difference must exist
96. When an entity elects to prepare separate financial statements, it shall account for its
investment in associates
a. at cost c. using the equity method
b. in accordance with PFRS 9 d. any of these
Chapter 13
Agricultur
Chapter 13: Theory of Accounts Reviewer
Objective and scope e
1. According to PAS 41 this refers to the management by an entity of the biological
transformation of biological assets for sale, into agricultural produce, or into additional
biological assets.
a. Agricultural c. Biological transformation
activity
b. Agricultural management d. Biological activity
2. Agricultural activity covers a diverse range of activities. Such diverse range of activities have
common features which includes all of the following except
a. Capability to change c. Recognition of change
b. Management of change d. Measurement of change
3. It is the detachment of produce from a biological asset or the cessation of a biological asset’s
life processes.
a. Harvest b. Death c. Decease d. Cultivation
4. When there is a long aging or maturation process after harvest, the accounting for such
products should be dealt with by
a. PAS 41 b. PAS 2 c. PAS 16 d. PAS 40
5. According to PAS41 Agriculture, which of the following would be classified as a product that
is the result of processing after harvest?
a.Cotton b. Wool c. Bananas d. Cheese
(ACCA)
8. Are the following statements about classification according to PAS 41 Agriculture true or
false?
I. Sugar should be classified as agricultural produce.
a. False,Wool
II. Falseshould beb.classified as agricultural
False, True c. True, produce. d. True, True
False (ACCA)
10. Which of the following is correct regarding the applicability of PAS 41?
a. PAS 41 applies to biological assets and agricultural produce at the point of harvest even if
they do not relate to agricultural activities.
b. PAS 41 applies to unconditional government grant related to biological assets measured at
cost.
c. PAS 41 applies to land on which tree recognized as biological assets are planted.
d. PAS 41 applies to living plants and animals only when such items relate to agricultural
activity.
11. PAS 41 applies to which of the following when they relate to agricultural activity
I. Biological assets
II. Agricultural produce after the point of harvest
III. Agricultural produce at the point of harvest
IV. An unconditional government grant related to a biological asset measured at its fair value
less costs to sell
V. An unconditional government grant related to a biological asset measured at cost land
related to agricultural activity
VI. Intangible assets related to agricultural activity
a. I, II, IV b. I, III, IV c. I, II, III, IV, V d. I, II, IV, VI
12. According to PAS 41 this refers to the harvested product of the entity’s biological assets.
a. biological produce c. agricultural produce
b. agricultural products d. biological assets
14. It comprises the processes of growth, degeneration, production, and procreation that cause
qualitative or quantitative changes in a biological asset.
a. agricultural activity c. genetic mutation
b. biological activity d. biological transformation
15. Agricultural activity covers a diverse range of activities which includes all of the following
except
a. processing of grapes into wine by a vintner who has grown the grapes.
b. raising livestock, forestry, and annual or perennial cropping
c. cultivating orchards and plantations
d. floriculture and aquaculture (including fish farming).
19. According to PAS41 Agriculture, which of the following expenses would be classified as costs
to sell when valuing biological assets and agricultural produce?
I. Commissions to brokers
II. Transport costs
III. Transfer taxes and duties
IV. Advertising costs
a. I, II, III c. I, d. I, III,
(ACCA)b. III, IV III IV
20. Regarding the choice of measurement basis used for valuing biological assets, PAS
41 a. Sets out several ways of measuring fair value.
b. Recommends the use of historical cost.
c. Recommends the use of current cost.
d. Recommends the use of present value.
(Adapted)
21. Where the fair value of the biological asset cannot be determined reliably, the biological asset
is measured at
a. Cost.
b. Cost less accumulated depreciation.
c. Cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
d. Net realizable value.
22. Generally speaking, biological assets relating to agricultural activity should be measured
using
a. Historical cost.
b. AHistorical
c. fair value cost less depreciation less impairment.
approach.
d. Net realizable value.
(Adapted)
23. Which of the following values is unlikely to be used in fair value measurement of a biological
asset?
a. Quoted price in a market.
b. The most recent market transaction price.
c. The present value of the expected net cash flows from the asset.
d. External independent valuation.
(Adapted)
24. The Plants Vs. Zombies Company owns a number of herds of cattle. Where should changes in
the fair value of a herd of cattle recognized in the financial statements, according to PAS 41
Agriculture?
a. In profit or loss
only
b. In other comprehensive income only
c. In profit or loss or other comprehensive income
d.In the statement of cash flows only
(ACCA)
25. An entity had a plantation forest that is likely to be harvested and sold in 30 years. The
income should be accounted for in which of the following way?
a. No income should reported annually until first harvest and sale in 30 years
b. Income should be measured annually and reported using a fair value approach that
recognizes and measures biological growth.
c. The eventual sale proceeds should be estimated and matched to the profit and loss
account over the 30 year period.
d. The plantation forest should be valued every 5 years and the increase in value should be
shown in the statement of recognized gains and losses
(Adapted)
26. When agricultural produce is harvested, the harvest should be accounted for by using PAS 2
Inventories, or another applicable PFRS. For the purpose of that Standard, cost at the date of
harvest is deemed to be
a. the fair value less cost to sell at point of harvest.
b. the historical cost of the harvest.
c. the historical cost less accumulated impairment losses.
d. market value.
27. A gain or loss arising on the initial recognition of a biological asset and from a change in the
fair value less costs to sell of a biological asset should be included in
a. The net profit or loss for the period.
b. The statement of recognized gains and losses.
c. A separate revaluation reserve.
d. A capital reserve within equity.
(Adapted)
29. Which of the following costs are not included in costs to sell?
a. Commissions to brokers and dealers.
b. Levies by regulatory agencies.
c. Transfer taxes and duties.
d. Transport and other costs necessary to get the assets to a market.
30. In relation to PAS 41, which of the following is the least desirable choice of income
recognition?
a. Recognition of income during production
b. Recognition
c. Recognitionofofincome
incomeonly
when a sale
when occurs
cash is collected
d. Recognition of income when production is completed
Government grants
31. An unconditional government grant related to a biological asset that has been measured at fair
value less cost to sell should be recognized as
a. Income when the grant becomes receivable.
b. A deferred credit when the grant becomes receivable.
c. Income when the grant application has been submitted.
d.A deferred credit when the grant has been approved.
(Adapted)
33. If the terms of a conditional government grant allow part of the grant to be retained according
to the time that has elapsed, the entity recognizes income from grant
a. using the straight line method
b. only when the condition is fulfilled
c. in full as time passes
d. using the effective interest method
34. If a government grant is conditional on certain events, then the grant should be recognized as
a. Income when the conditions attaching to the grant are met.
b. Income when the grant has been approved.
c. A deferred credit when the conditions attached to the government grant are met.
d. A deferred credit when the grant is approved.
(Adapted)
Disclosures
35. Where there is a production cycle of more than one year for a biological asset, PAS 41
encourages separate disclosure of the
a. Physical change only. c. Total change in value
b. Price change only d. a and b
37. Which of the following information should be disclosed under PAS 41?
a. Separate disclosure of the gain or loss relating to biological assets and agricultural
produce.
b. The aggregate gain or loss arising on the initial recognition of biological assets and
agricultural produce and the change in fair value less cost to sell of biological assets.
c. The total gain or loss from biological assets, agricultural produce, and from changes in fair
value less cost to sell of biological assets.
d.There is no requirement in the Standard to disclose separately any gains or losses.
(Adapted)
38. These refer to those that are to be harvested as agricultural produce or sold as biological
assets.
a. consumable biological assets c. agricultural produce
b. bearer biological assets d. biological assets
40. These biological assets are not agricultural produce but, rather, are self-regenerating.
a. consumable biological assets c. agricultural produce
b. bearer biological assets d. biological assets
42. These are biological assets that have attained harvestable specifications (for consumable
biological assets) or are able to sustain regular harvests (for bearer biological assets).
a. mature biological assets c. harvestable biological assets
b. immature biological assets d. completely mutated biological assets
Chapter 14
Property, Plant and Equipment (Part 1)
Chapter 14: Theory of Accounts
Reviewer Objective and scope
1. PAS 16 shall be applied to which of
the a.
following
land held for future plant site
b. building not used in normal operations but is being leased out under operating lease
c. equipment held for sale under PFRS 5
d. biological assets related to agricultural activity
2. The principal issues in the accounting for property, plant and equipment include which of the
following?
I. The recognition of the assets.
II. The determination of carrying amounts and the depreciation charges and impairment
losses to be recognized in relation to assets recognized.
III The complex computation of revaluation surplus.
. a. I, II b. I, III c. III d. I, II,
III
Recognition principles
3. Which of the following is not a major characteristic of a plant asset?
a. Possesses physical substance c. Acquired for use
b. Acquired for resale d. Yields services over a number of years
(AICPA)
5. Property, plant & equipment has all of the following characteristics except:
a. They are intended for use in operating activities, and are not acquired for sale in the
ordinary course of business.
b. They are classified as noncurrent tangible assets
c. Their service potential normally diminishes with use.
d. They don't typically make up a large part of a corporation's operating assets.
6. Which of the following statements is consistent with the provisions of PAS 16?
I. If fair value can be measured reliably, an entity may carry all items of property, plant and
equipment of a class at a revalued amount, which is the fair value of the items at the date
of the revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and accumulated
impairment losses.
II. An entity is required to determine the depreciation charge separately for each significant
part of an item of property, plant and equipment.
III An entity is required to measure the residual value of an item of property, plant and
. equipment as the amount it estimates it would receive currently for the asset if the asset
were already of the age and in the condition expected at the end of its useful life.
IV. An entity is required to begin depreciating an item of property, plant and equipment when it
is available for use and to continue depreciating it until it is derecognized, even if during
that period the item is idle.
a. I, II b. I, II, IV c. I, II, III d. I, II, III, IV
7. Which of the following statements is inconsistent with the provisions of PAS 16?
a. An entity is required to derecognize the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and
equipment that it disposes of on the date the criteria for the sale of goods would be met.
b. An entity is required to derecognize the carrying amount of a part of an item of property,
plant and equipment if that part has been replaced and the entity has included the cost of
the replacement in the carrying amount of the item.
c. An entity cannot classify as revenue a gain it realizes on the disposal of an item of
property, plant and equipment
d. An entity is required to measure the residual value of an item of property, plant and
equipment as the amount it estimates it would receive in the future for the asset if the
asset were already of the age and in the condition expected at the end of its useful life.
8. Accounting recognition should be given to some or all of the gain realized on a nonmonetary
exchange of plant assets except
a. when the exchange is one with no commercial substance and no cash is involved and that
no impairment losses are needed to be recognized.
b. where the assets exchanged are dissimilar and additional cash is paid
c. where the assets exchanged are dissimilar and additional cash is received
d. when the exchange is one with no commercial substance whether or not there is cash
involved and that no impairment losses are needed to be recognized.
10. When the fair value of the non-monetary asset exchanged in a transaction with commercial
substance is indeterminable, the non-monetary asset received will be valued at
a. fair value of asset given up adjusted for cash received or given
b. fair value of asset received
c. fair value of asset received adjusted for cash received or given
d. carrying amount of asset given up adjusted for cash received or given
12. Which of the following terms best describes the removal of an asset from an entity's statement
of financial position?
a. Derecognition b. Impairment c. Write-off d. Depreciation
13. If a corporation purchases a lot and building and subsequently tears down the building and
uses the property as a parking lot, the proper accounting treatment of the cost of the building
would depend on
a. the significance of the cost allocated to the building in relation to the combined cost of the
lot and building.
b. the length of time for which the building was held prior to its demolition.
c. the contemplated future use of the parking lot.
d. the non-financial asset’s highest and best use determined from the perspective of market
participants, even if the entity intends a different use or intends not to use the non-
financial asset.
(AICPA)
15. Are the following statements regarding the cost of an asset true or false, according to PAS16
Property, plant and equipment?
(1) The cost includes cash equivalents paid to acquire an asset.
(2)The cost includes the fair value of any non-monetary consideration given to acquire an
asset.
a. False False b. False True c. True False d. True True
(ACCA)
16. The debit for a non-refundable sales tax properly levied and paid on the purchase of
machinery preferably would be a charge to
a. the machinery account.
b. a separate deferred charge account.
c. miscellaneous tax expense (which includes all taxes other than those on income).
d.accumulated depreciation--machinery.
(AICPA)
17. Small tools and containers used repeatedly for more than a year are classified on the balance
sheet as
a. current assets b. fixed assets c. deferred charges d. investments
(AICPA)
18. Hotel California Corporation recently purchased Eagles Hotel and the land on which it is
located with the plan to tear down the Eagles Hotel and build a new luxury hotel on the site.
The cost of the Eagles Hotel should be
a. depreciated over the period from acquisition to the date the hotel is scheduled to be torn
down.
b. written off as an extraordinary loss in the year the hotel is torn down.
c. capitalized as part of the cost of the land.
d. capitalized as part of the cost of the new hotel.
(AICPA)
19. Which of the following statements are correct per PAS16 Property, plant and equipment?
I. Assets are depreciated even if their fair value exceeds their carrying amount
II. Land and buildings are accounted for separately, even when acquired together
III. A non-current asset acquired as the result of an exchange of assets is not recognized
IV. A gain on disposal of a non-current asset is classified as revenue
a. I, II b. I, II, III c. I, II, IV d. I, II, III,
IV
(ACCA)
21. According to PAS16 Property, plant and equipment, which of the following items should be
capitalized into the cost of property, plant and equipment?
I. Cost of excess materials resulting from a purchasing error
II. Cost of testing whether the asset works correctly
III. Initial operating losses whilst demand builds up
IV. Cost of preparing the site for installation
a. I, II b. I, II, III c. II, IV d. I, II, III, IV
(ACCA)
23. Under the principles of PAS16 Property, plant and equipment, which of the following should
be included in the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment?
I. Initial delivery and handling costs
II. Apportioned general overhead costs
III. Costs of training staff on the new asset
IV. Installation and assembly costs
a. I, II, b. I, c. II, d. I, II, III,
IV (ACCA) IV IV IV
24. Plant assets purchased on long-term credit contracts should be accounted for at
a. the total value of the future payments.
b. the future amount of the future payments.
c. the present value of the future payments.
d. none of these.
(AICPA)
26. Property, plant and equipment items which are subject to any provision for depreciation or
reduction in value, should be valued in the balance sheet by adding to the actual price paid
any expenses incidental to its acquisition. Which of the following cost items might be
included in such incidental expenses and are to be capitalized as part of machinery?
Cost items
I. installation
II. cost delivery and handling
III. cost site preparation
IV. professional fees
Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Item 4
a. yes yes yes
yes yes
b. yes yes no
c. yes no
d. no yes no
(Adapted) yes no
no
27. NBA Co. exchanged merchandise that cost ₱24,000 and normally sold for ₱36,000 for a new
delivery truck with a list price of ₱40,000. The delivery truck should be recorded on NBA's
books at
a. 24,000. b. 30,000. c. 36,000. d. 40,000. (AICPA)
28. When a plant asset is acquired by issuance of common stock (ordinary shares), the cost of the
plant asset is properly measured by the
31. Any renovating or remodeling costs incurred to put a building purchased in a condition
suitable for its intended use is a:
Capital Revenue expenditure
expenditure yes
a.
b. no
yes no
c. no no
d.
yes yes
(RPCPA)
32. If the land acquired has a building that should be demolished, any amount received as salvage
from the removal of the building should be:
a. credited to the building account c. credited to the land account
b. treated as income d. adjusted to prior years
33. A company purchased land with a building on it and immediately tears down the building so
that the land can be used for the construction of a plant. Which of the following should not be
charged to the land account?
a. title examination and surveying fees
b. allocation of cost of payment to tenants to vacate premises
c. property taxes accruing during the period of plant construction.
d. costs for grading, clearing, and draining the property.
34. Bianca Corp., a closely held corporation, acquired a used machine by issuing 15,000 shares
(par value ₱1.00 per share) of its own common stock. The stock has a market value of ₱1.40
per share based on a recent sale of 100 shares. The machine was carried on the vendor’s books
at ₱12,000, and was determined to have a fair market value of ₱17,000. What is the amount
at which Bianca should record the machine on its books?
a. 21,000 b. 17,000 c. 15,000 d. 12,000 (RPCPA)
35. Which of the following is not a necessary characteristic for an item to be classified as
property, plant and equipment?
a. used in operations of the business c has a useful life beyond one year
b. not acquired for resale d. subject to depreciation
36. Land was purchased to be used as the site for the construction of a plant. A building on the
property was sold and removed by the buyer so that construction on the plant could begin.
The proceeds from the sale of the building should be
a. classified as other income.
38. Accounting recognition should be given to some or all of the gain realized on a nonmonetary
exchange of plant assets except where
a. the assets exchanged are similar and additional cash is paid.
b. the assets exchanged are similar and additional cash is received.
c. the assets exchanged are dissimilar and additional cash is paid.
d.the assets exchanged are dissimilar and additional cash is received.
e. the exchange transaction lacks commercial substance
(AICPA)
39. For a nonmonetary exchange of plant assets, accounting recognition should not be given to
a. a loss when the assets exchanged are similar.
b.a gain when the assets exchanged are dissimilar. c.
d. a gain when the exchange lacks commercial substance.
part of a gain when the assets exchanged are similar and cash is received.
(AICPA)
40. When an entity is the recipient of a donated asset from other than a shareholder, the account
credited may be a(n)
a. paid-in capital account. c. deferred revenue account.
b. income account. d. all of these.
(AICPA)
41. Noun Co. and Nameword Co. exchanged similar plots of land with fair values in excess of
carrying amounts in an exchange transaction that lacks commercial substance. In addition,
Noun received cash of less than 10% of the total consideration received from Nameword to
compensate for the difference in land values. As a result of the exchange, Noun should
recognize:
a. A gain equal to the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the land
given up.
b. A gain in an amount determined by the ratio of cash received to total consideration.
c. A loss in an amount determined by the ratio of cash received to total consideration.
d. Neither a gain nor a loss.
(AICPA)
42. Adverb Co. and LY Co. exchanged similar trucks with fair values in excess of carrying
amounts in an exchange with commercial substance. In addition, Adverb paid LY to
compensate for the difference in truck values. As a consequence of the exchange, Adverb
recognizes:
a. A gain equal to the difference between the fair value and carrying amount of the truck
given up.
b. A gain determined by the proportion of cash received to the total consideration.
c. A loss determined by the proportion of cash received to the total consideration.
d.Neither a gain nor a loss.
(AICPA)
44. E.G. Co. exchanged similar nonmonetary assets with Example Co. and no cash was
exchanged. The carrying amount of the asset surrendered by E.G. exceeded both the fair
value of the asset received and Example's carrying amount of that asset. E.G. should: (assume
exchange has commercial substance)
a. Recognize the difference between the carrying amount of the asset it surrendered and the
fair value of the asset it surrendered as a loss.
b. Recognize the difference between the carrying amount of the asset it surrendered and the
fair value of the asset it received as a gain.
c. Recognize the difference between the carrying amount of the asset it surrendered and the
carrying amount of the asset it received as a loss.
d. Recognize no gain or loss.
(AICPA)
45. Adjective Co. and Relating 2 Company exchanged assets with equal fair values. The retail
price of the asset that Adjective gave up is less than the retail price of the asset received.
What gain or loss should Adjective Co. recognize on the nonmonetary exchange?
a. A gain or loss is not recognized.
b. A gain equal to the difference between the retail prices of the asset received and the asset
foregone.
c. A gain equal to the difference between the retail price and the cost of the asset received.
d. A gain or loss equal to the difference between the fair value and the cost of the asset given
foregone.
(AICPA)
46. Theoretically, which of the following costs incurred in connection with a machine purchased
for use in a company's manufacturing operations would be capitalized?
I. Insurance on machine while in transit
II. Testing and preparation of machine for use
a. Yes, b. Yes, No c. No, Yes d. No,
Yes
(AICPA) No
48. Discounts given for early payment of credit purchases of operational assets should be:
a. recorded as interest expense at purchase date.
b. capitalized as a cost of the asset acquired and subsequently allocated to depreciation
expense.
c. recorded as interest revenue at purchase date.
d. deducted from the invoice price when determining the cost of the asset
(Adapted)
49. Apportionment of the purchase price in a lump-sum acquisition of different assets may be
based on all the following except?
a. carrying amount of the assets to the seller
b. relative fair values
c. tax assessment values
d. appraised values
(Adapted)
50. Which of the following is least likely to be classified in property, plant and equipment?
a. land improvements c. leasehold improvements
b. land d. idle land
51. When land and building are acquired for a lump sum price and the building is demolished, the
materials salvaged from the building that were used in the construction of a new building
should be
a. Ignored when the demolition costs, net of actual sale proceeds of salvaged materials, are
capitalized as cost of the new building.
b. Included as income from continuing operations.
c. Added to the cost of the new building.
d. Deducted from the cost of the land and added to the cost of the building
52. Pronoun Co. exchanged similar nonmonetary assets with Substitute-4-Noun Co. No cash was
exchanged. The carrying amount of the asset surrendered by Pronoun Co. exceeded both the
fair value of the asset received and Substitute-4-Noun Co.’s carrying amount of the asset.
Pronoun Co. should recognize the difference between the carrying amount of the asset
surrendered and
a. The fair value of the asset received as a loss
b. The fair value of the asset received as a gain
c. Pronoun Co.’s. carrying amount of the asset received, as a loss
d.Pronoun Co.’s. carrying amount of the asset received, as again
(AICPA)
53. I.E. Co. recently purchased the That-Is Hotel and the land on which it is located. The plans are
to demolish the That-Is Hotel and to build a new luxury hotel on the site. I.E. Co. should
account for the total purchase cost of the That-Is Hotel as follows:
a. capitalize it as part of the cost of the new hotel.
b. depreciate it over the period from the acquisition until the Majestic is torn down.
c. allocate between the land and the That-Is Hotel building, then charge the allocated cost of
the That-Is Hotel building to
loss.
d. capitalized it as part of the cost of the land.
(Adapted)
55. The amount of nonrefundable sales tax paid on the purchase of machinery (an operational
asset) should be debited to a:
a. machinery account.
b. accumulated depreciation account.
c. tax expense (which includes all taxes other than income tax) account.
d.separate deferred charge account
(Adapted)
57. Assets received in donation from other than the government should
a. be depreciated based on the market value at the time of the donation.
b. be depreciated based on their book value at the time of the donation.
c. should not be depreciated.
d.be expensed upon receipt.
(Adapted)
58. Acoustic Company needed a new warehouse and a contractor quoted a ₱5,000,000 price to
construct it. Acoustic believed that it could build the warehouse for ₱4,300,000 and decided
to use company employees to build it. The final construction cost incurred by Acoustic was
₱4,800,000 but the asset was recorded at ₱5,000.000. What principle is this a violation of?
a. Cost c. Matching principle
principle
b. Separate entity d. Full disclosure
(Adapted)
59. Which of the following should not be classified as property, plant and equipment?
a. Building used as a factory
b. Land used in ordinary business operations
c. A truck held for resale by an automobile dealership
d. Land improvement, such as parking lots and fences
(ACCA)
62. Stings Co. recently purchased an old building and the land on which it is located. The old
building will be demolished at a net cost of ₱10,000. A new building will be built on the site.
The demolition cost should be:
a. capitalized as part of the cost of the new building
b. capitalized as part of the cost of the land
c. depreciated over the remaining life of the old building
d.written off as an extraordinary loss in the year of the demolition
(Adapted)
Chapter 15
Property, Plant and Equipment (Part 2)
2. Which of the following statements correctly relate to accounting for property, plant and
equipment?
I. If property, plant and equipment are stated at current valuation, the financial position and
progress of an entity will be more realistically portrayed.
II. If land and building are purchased for a lump sum price, the broker’s commission should
be apportioned between the land and the building.
III. The price paid for a plant asset is actually a prepayment of an expense.
IV. Treating a capital expenditure as an expense may overstates profit in the year after this
action was taken.
V. If a fully depreciated asset with no residual value continues to be used, management can
continue to provide for depreciation.
a. II, III, V b. I, II, III, IV c. II, III, V d. I, II, III, IV, V
4. RESTIVE UNEASY Cooperative recently replaced all the tires in two of its trucks at a very
insignificant amount. This cost should be accounted for
a. as an increase in the cost of the trucks
b. as repair and maintenance expense
c. as an intangible asset
d.as a reduction in the accumulated depreciation of the trucks
(Adapted)
5. The following statements relate to accounting for property, plant and equipment. Choose the
incorrect statement.
a. Accumulated depreciation is a contra account to an asset reported in the property, plant
and equipment section of the statement of financial position.
b. Improvements to leased facilities are included under property, plant and equipment as
long as the amount is not material and if the terms of the lease extend over a long period
of time, otherwise, the amount maybe shown among deferred charges or other assets.
c. When a unit of property is retired or disposed of by sale, trade, scrapping and removal or
abandonment, its cost is credited to the appropriate property account; the related
accumulated depreciation is removed and any gain or loss adjusted for salvage value and
cost of disposition is reported in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive
income.
d. Assets subject to depreciation may take the form of buildings, machinery and equipment,
furniture, improvements to leased facilities, bookplates, fruit trees and breeding animals
for which the fair value cannot be determined.
6. An old building formerly occupied by ABC Company was replaced. The loss on the
retirement of the old building should
a. not be capitalized but treated as an expense
b. not be capitalized but treated as a loss
c. be capitalized and included in the cost of the land
d. be capitalized and included in the cost of the new building
9. The sale of a depreciable asset resulting in a gain, indicates that the proceeds from the sale
were
a. greater than cost c. less than carrying amount
b. greater than carrying amount d. less than cost
11. In order for a cost to be capitalized (capital expenditure), the following must
be present:
a. The useful life of an asset must be increased.
b. The quantity of assets must be increased.
c. The quality of assets must be increased beyond the condition originally intended by
management.
d. Any one of these.
(AICPA)
12. An improvement made to a machine increased its fair value and its production capacity by
25% above the condition originally intended by management but without extending the
machine's useful life. The cost of the improvement should be
a. expensed.
b. debited to accumulated depreciation.
c. capitalized in the machine account.
d. allocated between accumulated depreciation and the machine account.
(AICPA)
13. Which of the following is a capital
expenditure?
a. Payment of an account payable c. Payment of income taxes
b.Retirement of bonds payable d. None of these
(AICPA)
15. When a plant asset is sold for less than its carrying amount
a. cash received plus accumulated depreciation plus loss on disposal equals the original cost
b. original cost minus accumulated depreciation equals cash received minus loss on disposal
c. carrying amount of the asset plus loss on disposal equals cash received
d. cash received plus accumulated depreciation minus loss on disposal equals the original
cost
16. The sale of a depreciable asset resulting in a loss indicates that the proceeds from the sale
were
a. less than current market value. c. greater than carrying amount.
b.greater than cost. d. less than carrying amount.
(AICPA)
17. Burnham Corp.'s forestland was condemned for use as a national park. Compensation for the
condemnation exceeded the forestland's carrying amount. Burnham purchased similar, but
larger, replacement forest land for an amount greater than the condemnation award. As a
result of the condemnation and replacement, what is the net effect on the carrying amount of
forestland reported in Burnham 's balance sheet?
a. The amount is increased by the excess of the replacement forestland's cost over the
condemned forestland's carrying amount.
b. The amount is increased by the excess of the replacement forestland's cost over the
condemnation award.
c. The amount is increased by the excess of the condemnation award over the condemned
forestland's carrying amount.
d. No effect, because the condemned forestland's carrying amount is used as the
replacement forestland's carrying amount.
(AICPA)
18. A building suffered uninsured fire damage. The damaged portion of the building was
refurbished with higher quality materials. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of
the damaged portion are identifiable. To account for these events, the owner should:
a. Reduce accumulated depreciation equal to the cost of refurbishing.
b. Record a loss in the current period equal to the sum of the cost of refurbishing and the
carrying amount of the damaged portion of the building.
c. Capitalize the cost of refurbishing and record a loss in the current period equal to the
carrying amount of the damaged portion of the building.
d. Capitalize the cost of refurbishing by adding the cost to the carrying amount of the
building. (AICPA)
19. Choose the correct statement about the accounting treatment for special one-time assessments
made by local governments requiring a firm to pay for improvements including streetlights,
sewers and other infrastructure.
a. They are capitalized but not depreciated
b. If probable and estimable, they are expensed when determinable
c. They are expensed as incurred
d.They are capitalized and depreciated over their useful life
(Adapted)
20. An enterprise installed an assembly line in 20x1. Four years later, ₱100,000 was spent in
rearranging the line to promote efficiency. The rearrangement but did not affect the assembly
line’s useful life. Proper accounting for the cost of the automation should be to
a. Report it as an expense
b. Establish a separate account for the ₱100,000.
c. Allocate the cost of automation between the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts.
d.Debit to asset account.
(Adapted)
23. Which of the following is not an appropriate basis for measuring the cost of property, plant,
and equipment?
a. The purchase price, freight costs, and installation costs of a productive asset should be
included in the asset’s cost.
b. Proceeds obtained in the process of readying land for its intended purpose, such as from
the sale of cleared timber, should be recognized immediately as income.
c. The cost of improvement to equipment incurred after the equipment is placed in the
location and condition originally intended by management is generally expensed out
rightly.
d. All necessary costs incurred in the construction of a plant building, from excavation to
completion, should be considered as part of the asset’s cost
24. When a plant asset is sold for less than its carrying amount:
a. cash received plus accumulated depreciation plus gain on disposal equals the original cost.
b. cash received plus accumulated depreciation minus loss on disposal equals the original
cost.
c. cost of the asset minus loss on disposal equals cash received.
d. original cost minus accumulated depreciation equals cash received plus loss on disposal.
Depreciation methods
25. Depreciation
a. is an allocation of the cost of property, plant and equipment over the time period of
usefulness, in a systematic and rational manner.
b. is a process of recognizing the decreasing value of an asset over time.
c. is a cash expense.
d. expense of ₱2,000 reflects a ₱2,000 increase in liquid funds.
27. An entity acquired an asset with an estimated useful life of 20 years and a 10% residual value.
At the end of the asset’s useful life, the accumulated depreciation will be equal to the original
cost of the asset under which of the following depreciation methods?
Double-declining Sum-of-the-years’ Digits Straight-line Method
a. Yes Ye Yes
b. Yes s No
c. No Ye
d. No sNo Ye
No
(Adapted) Ye s
s
28. Obsolescence of a depreciable asset may be caused by
a. Technological changes
b. Improvement in production method
c. Change in market demand for the product or service output
d. Legal or other restrictions
e. (a), (b), (c) and (d) above
29. An entity installed a new production facility and incurred a number of expenses at the point of
installation. The entity’s accountant is arguing that most expenses do not qualify for
capitalization. Included in those expenses are initial operating losses. These should be
a. Deferred and amortized over a reasonable period of time.
b. Expensed and charged to the income statement.
c. Capitalized as part of the cost of the plant as a directly attributable cost.
d. Taken to retained earnings since it is unreasonable to present it as part of the current year’s
income statement.
(Adapted)
34. A depreciable asset has an estimated 15% residual value. Under which of the following
methods, properly applied, would the accumulated depreciation equal the original cost at the
end of the asset’s estimated useful life?
Straight-line Double-declining balance
a. Yes Yes
b. Yes No
c. No
d. No Ye
No
(AICPA) s
35. An entity operates a chain of hotels and is proposing to stop depreciating the hotel equipment
and expense the cost of replacement each year. The entity should:
a. Not capitalize groups of assets and expense the replacement cost
b. Not capitalize groups of assets and expense them
c. Capitalize groups of assets but not depreciate them
d. Capitalize all assets with a useful life of more than one year and depreciate them
(ACCA)
36. An entity manufactures components for the car industry and uses self-made tools, which it
continually develops. Costs of tooling are depreciated over four years and the tools are
manufactured in its one factory, where 4% of the space is allocated to development. The
factory depreciation charge should:
a. Be allocated on the basis of the value of the tools compared with the factory output to the
cost of the tooling
b. Be allocated on the basis of 1% per year for four years to the cost of the tooling
c. Not be allocated to the cost of the tooling
d. Be allocated on the basis of 4% per annum and added to the cost of the tooling
37. An entity has a policy of revaluing its PPE. An asset cost ₱15M on January 1, 20x8, has a
useful life of 15 years and is depreciated on a straight-line basis to a zero residual value. The
value of the asset at December 31, 20x8 was ₱14.5M. At December 31, 20x9, the market
value of the asset was ₱12.5M. The accounting entry at 31 December 20x9 would be:
a. Depreciation ₱1.04M to income statement, fall in value of ₱0.5M charged to revaluation
reserve and ₱0.46M to the income statement
b. Depreciation ₱1.04M to income statement, fall in value of ₱0.96M charged to revaluation
reserve
c. Depreciation ₱1M to income statement, fall in value of ₱0.5M charged to revaluation
reserve and ₱0.5M to the income statement
d. Depreciation ₱1M to income statement, fall in value of ₱0.96M to the income statement
(ACC
A)
38. A graph is set up with "depreciation expense" on the vertical axis and "time" on the horizontal
axis. Assuming linear relationships, how would the lines for straight-line and sum-of-the-
years'- digits depreciation expense, respectively, be drawn on this graph?
Straight-line SYD
a. Verticall Sloping down to the right.
y Sloping up to the right.
b. Verticall
c. Horizontally Sloping down to the
right.
d. yHorizontally Sloping up to the right.
41. Under what conditions will the service hours and productive output methods of depreciation
result in the same depreciation expense for a particular year?
a. When the total estimated service hours and production in units are the same.
b. When the ratio of actual service hours to productive output for the year is the same as the
ratio of the estimates used in their respective depreciation rates.
c. When salvage value is zero.
d. The two methods cannot produce the same depreciation expense amount for any given
year.
(Adapted)
42. Which of the following are correctly stated regarding the accounting for property, plant and
equipment?
I. In special instances, when inflation has been a major factor, property, plant and equipment
are permitted to be revalued based on index numbers or on an appraisal performed by an
independent expert or specialist.
II. The sum of the year’s digit method always results in larger total depreciation than does
the straight line method.
III Composite depreciation method does not recognize gain or loss on retirement of a single
. asset in the group.
IV. Depreciation is the process of periodically writing down an asset to arrive at its fair
market
value.
V. Depreciation accounting automatically provides the cash required to replace plant assets
asII,
a. I, they
III,wear
V out. b. I, II, III c. I, III d. II, III
45. Which of the following terms best describes the cost (or an amount substituted for cost) of an
asset less its residual value?
a. Revalued amount c. Recoverable amount
b.Carrying amount d. Depreciable amount
(ACCA)
47. Which of the following statements best describes the carrying amount of an asset?
a. The cost (or an amount substituted for cost) of the asset less its residual value
b. The amount at which the asset is recognized in the statement of financial position after
deducting any accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses
c. The higher of the asset's net selling price and its value in use
d. The fair value of the asset at the date of a revaluation less any subsequent accumulated
impairment losses
(ACCA)
48. Which of the following statements best describes the term 'depreciation'?
a. The systematic allocation of an asset's cost less residual value over its useful life
b. The removal of an asset from an entity's statement of financial position
c. The amount by which the recoverable amount of an asset exceeds its carrying amount
d.The amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount
(ACCA)
49. Which of the following terms best describes the systematic allocation over its useful life of the
cost of an asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value?
a. Depreciation b. Derecognition c. Impairment d. Value in use
(ACCA)
50. Which of the following terms best describes the price that would be received to sell an asset
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date?
a. Fair value b. Value in use c. Residual value d. Realizable
value
(ACCA)
51. Which of the following statements regarding depreciation is true, according to PAS16
Property, plant and equipment?
a. An asset must be depreciated from the date of its purchase to the date of sale
b. The annual depreciation charge should be constant over the life of the asset
c. The total cost of an asset must eventually be depreciated
d. If the carrying amount of an asset is less than the residual value, depreciation is not charged
(ACCA)
61. A and B companies purchase identical equipment having an estimated service life of 5 years
with no residual value. A uses the straight-line depreciation method; B uses the sum-of-the-
years-digits method. Assuming that the companies are identical in all other respects:
a. if both companies keep the asset for five years, B company’s 5-year total for depreciation
expense will be greater than A company’s 5-year total.
b. if the asset is sold after three years, A company is more likely to report a gain on the
transaction than B company.
c. A company’s depreciation expense will be higher during the first year than B company’s.
d. A company’s net income will be lower during the 4th year than B company’s.
(Adapted)
63. The highest amount of depreciation will usually be recorded in the last year of an asset’s life
when using:
a. straight line b. SYD c. double-declining balance d. either b or c
64. Which of the following depreciation methods usually results in paying the lowest taxes in the
early years of an assets life?
a. c. straight line
SYD
b. double declining balance d. units of production method
66. An asset is estimated to have a total life of 8 years. Its acquisition cost is ₱16,000 and a
residual value of ₱4,000. The firm follows the double declining method of depreciation. In
the second year, the rate of depreciation for the firm's asset is closest to
a. 25% b. 17% c. 9.5% d. 12.5%
68. An analysis of an entity's financial statements indicates that the average age of its assets is
declining. This could be due to which of the following?
I. The entity is acquiring new assets with longer depreciable lives.
II. The entity's capital expenditures are outpacing depreciation.
III. The entity is not using its assets as intensively as it should.
IV. The entity is operating in its maturity phase.
a. I & IV b. I & II c. I, II, III & IV d. III & IV
*Hint: Average age of assets can be computed using any of the following:
i. Average age: (Accumulated depreciation ÷ Depreciation expense) = x years
ii. Relative age: (Accumulated depreciation ÷ Total cost of depreciable assets) = % of age
iii. Average depreciable life: (Total depreciable amount ÷ Depreciation expense) = x years
71. A machine with a 4-year estimated useful life and an estimated 15% residual value was
acquired on January 1. Would depreciation expense using the sum-of-the-year's-digit method
be higher or lower than depreciation expense using the double-declining-balance-method in
the first and second years?
First year Second year
a. Higher Higher
b. Higher Lower
c Lower Higher
.
d.
(AICPA) Lower Lower
73. A primarily theoretical objection to the straight-line method of depreciation is that it:
a. gives a lower periodic expense than the accelerated method over the life of the asset.
b. recognizes the declining productivity of the asset.
c. ignores variation in the rate of the asset use among periods.
d. tends to result in a constant rate of return on a diminishing investment base.
(AICPA)
78. Which depreciation method is particularly appropriate where: (a) obsolescence is not the
primary factor, (b) actual use can be accounted for, and (c) the service life in units of use can
be estimated reliably?
a. SYD c. Productive output
b. Double declining balance d. Straight line
(AICPA)
79. Which is not an objection to the use of the straight-line method of depreciation?
a. It may not satisfactorily match expense with revenue, depending on the asset.
b. It tends to ignore obsolescence as a major source of decline in economic value.
c. It does not recognize the investment characteristics of the ownership of operational assets.
d. It generally results in the lowest earnings.
(Adapted)
81. A method that excludes residual value from the base for the depreciation calculation is
a. c. productive output
SYD
b. Double declining balance d. straight line
(AICPA)
82. An enterprise is depreciating an asset with a 5-year useful life. It cost ₱100,000 and has no
residual value. If the <List A> method is used, depreciation expense in the second year will be
<List B>.
List A List B
a. Sum-of-years’ digits 20,000
b. Sum-of-years’ digits 40,000
c. 200% diminishing 16,000
balance
d. 200% diminishing 24,000
(Adapted)balance
83. In the years after mid-service point of a depreciable asset, which of the following depreciation
methods will result in the highest depreciation expense?
a. Sum-of-the-years’-digits. c. 200% diminishing-
b.Diminishing-balance balance
d. Straight-
(Adapted) line
84. If an enterprise employs the sum-of-the-years’ digits (SYD) method of depreciation for an
asset with an estimated useful life of 4 years, the percentage of the total depreciable cost that
will be expensed in the third year is
a. 10% b. 25% c. 20% d. 70%
(Adapted)
85. The following statements relate to depreciation accounting, choose the incorrect one
a. Depreciation, normally, should not be recognized on property, plant and equipment
construction period or while new equipment is undergoing testing and breaking in until
such assets are capable of being used
b. When partial use of the asset, during construction can be identified with an income-
producing center and the corresponding cost can be ascertained, the related depreciation
should he allocated to that operation.
c. Depreciation should not be continued on units of property, plant and equipment that are
reserved or standby, or idle either temporarily or for an extended period.
d. When used property is acquired, the actual cost in cash or equivalent is generally the
proper basis for depreciation, regardless of the previous history of the property
86. A plant facility has an originally estimated physical life equal to 15 years. As a result of
accelerated usage, it is now estimated that the physical life will be reduced by 3 years. The
depreciation rate applied to this facility need not be changed if the depreciation method used
is
a. SYD
b. Double declining balance
c. Units of output or hours of use method
d. Straight line method
e. The rate should be changed under all of these methods
87. A machine with a 4-year useful life and a 15% salvage value was acquired on January 1, 20x2.
The increase in accumulated depreciation for 20x3 using the double-declining balance
method would be
a. initial cost x 85% x 50% c. initial cost x 50%
b. initial cost x 85% x 50% x 50% d. initial cost x 50% x 50%
90. Depreciation is a variable (as opposed to fixed) expense if the depreciation method used for
reporting purposes is:
a. declining balance c. straight line
b. units-of-production d. SYD
91. Which of the following methods permits total depreciation on a plant asset to exceed
depreciable cost?
a. Straight-line
b. Declining balance
c. Sum of year's digits
d. No acceptable depreciation method
e. All acceptable methods if salvage value is not zero
(Adapted)
92. Choose the incorrect statement concerning the half-year convention as it applies to
depreciation.
a. It can be used only for tax purposes.
b. It adds a year to the class life of the asset for tax purposes.
c. It reduces the accelerated nature of the deduction.
d. It results in depreciation rate equal to the straight-line rate based on class life in the first
year of the asset's life.
(AICPA)
93. For each succeeding period, the units-of-production method of depreciation usually
recognizes an amount of depreciation expense that is:
a. constant b. varying c. increasing d. decreasing
94. Which method of depreciation results in periodic depreciation expense that may fluctuate
from one period to the next, but not necessarily in a steadily upward or downward direction?
a. SYD c. straight line
b. output or service hours d. declining balance
Revaluation model
100.An entity owns a fleet of company cars and executive vehicles, and has other property and
equipment in order to service the fleet. It decided to revalue some of its property, plant and
equipment. Which one of the following options complies with PAS 16?
a. Revalue only those parts of the fleet that have increased in value
b. Revalue only the cars and not the executive vehicles
c. Revalue only one-half of each class of property, plant and equipment
d. Revalue an entire class of property, plant and equipment
(ACCA)
101. In case of downward revaluation of an asset, which is revalued for the first time, the
account to be debited is
a. fixed asset account c. profit or loss account
b. revaluation reserve d. general reserve
102. An entity has a policy of revaluing its PPE. An asset cost ₱5M on January 1, 20x1 and has a
useful life of five years and is depreciated on a straight-line basis to a zero residual value. The
value of the asset at December 31, 20x1 was ₱3.8M. The fall in value will be accounted for as
follows:
a. Depreciation ₱1M and fall in value of ₱200,000 both to the income statement
b. Depreciation ₱1M and fall in value of ₱200,000 both to the reserves
c. Depreciation ₱1M to income statement and fall in value of ₱200,000 to the reserves
d. Depreciation ₱1M to the income statement and fall in value of ₱200,000 ignored until
there is a revaluation surplus
(ACCA)
104. When revalued amounts are to be incorporated in the financial statements the following
requirements are to be observed:
I. the appraisal must be made only by a recognized specialist independent of the company
which owns the property
II. depreciation to be charged to operations should be based on cost only
III the revaluation surplus should be presented on the face of statement of financial position
. under equity as a separate line item in accordance with the minimum line items under PAS
1
IV. certain required disclosures should be made in the financial statements
V. the appraisal should cover all property, plant and equipment items
a. I, II, III, IV, and V c. I, III and IV only
b. I, III, IV and V only d. IV only
105. Which of the following incorrectly relate(s) to the accounting for property, plant and
equipment?
I. Sum of the years’ digits method is one of the accelerated methods of depreciation that
provides higher depreciation expense in the early years and lower charges in the late
years.
II. Mortgage or liens on property, plant and equipment need not be disclosed in the financial
statements or notes.
III Any property, plant and equipment that is idle or abandoned and remains in the property,
. plant and equipment account should be revalued if this results in increasing their carrying
values.
IV. Depreciation of appraised properties charged to operations shall be based on the appraised
values and it should be computed from the date of appraisal.
V. An entity may be allowed to, revalue its property, plant and equipment if their current
value is substantially more than their cost provided the company adheres to the provisions
of PAS
a. I, IV and V b. I, IV c. II, III d. II, III, V
106. When an appraised property is retired, the revaluation surplus pertaining to such asset
may be handled
a. revaluation surplus which can be subsequently transferred to unappropriated retained
earnings
b. revaluation surplus which can be subsequently transferred to other appraised property not
retired
c. revaluation surplus which can be subsequently transferred to other properties not revalued
d. revaluation surplus which cannot be subsequently transferred to unappropriated retained
earnings
(RPCPA)
107. The value per appraisal or the value computed by deducting observed depreciation from
108. Internet Protocol-IP, Inc. owns a fleet of over 100 cars and 20 ships. It operates in a capital-
intensive industry and thus has significant other property, plant, and equipment that it carries
in its books. It decided to revalue its property, plant, and equipment. The company’s
accountant has suggested the alternatives that follow. Which one of the options should
Internet Protocol-IP, Inc. select in order to be in line with the provisions of PAS 16?
a. Revalue only one-half of each class of property, plant, and equipment, as that method is
less cumbersome and easy compared to revaluing all assets together.
b. Revalue an entire class of property, plant, and equipment.
c. Revalue one ship at a time, as it is easier than revaluing all ships together.
d. Since assets are being revalued regularly, there is no need to depreciate.
(Adapted)
109. Under PAS 16, revaluation of property, plant and equipment to appraised value is an
acceptable alternative to historical cost provided certain requirements are complied with.
Which of the following is not one of the requirements?
a. the appraisal should be made by a competent and independent specialist once a year at
each end of reporting period.
b. depreciation to be charged to operations should be based on appraised values or its
equivalent
c. the revaluation surplus should be presented in equity
d.appropriate disclosures should be made in the financial statements
(Adapted)
110. PAS 16 requires that revaluation surplus resulting from initial revaluation of property, plant,
and equipment should be treated in one of the following ways. Which of the four options
mirrors the requirements of PAS 16?
e. Credited to retained earnings as this is an unrealized gain.
b. Released to the income statement an amount equal to the difference between the
depreciation calculated on historical cost vis-à-vis revalued amount.
c. Deducted from current assets and added to the property, plant, and equipment.
d. Debited to the class of property, plant, and equipment that is being revalued and credited
to a reserve captioned “revaluation surplus,” which is presented under “equity.”
(Adapted)
111. Which of the following is correct regarding the revaluation model as it is applied to PPE?
a. When the revaluation model is used, depreciation ceases.
b. The appropriate basis for revaluation is replacement cost without any adjustment
whatsoever.
c. When replacement cost is used, observed depreciation should first be deducted to arrive
at the depreciated replacement cost.
d. Observed depreciation is determined through a very complex computation.
114. When the asset being revalued has no residual value, observed depreciation may be
computed as
e. Replacement cost minus Carrying amount
f. Appraised value or Depreciated replacement cost minus Carrying amount
g. Replacement cost minus Observed depreciation
d. Accumulated depreciation divided by Historical cost multiplied by Replacement cost
115. When the asset being revalued has a residual value, observed depreciation may be
computed as
a. Replacement cost minus Carrying amount
b. Accumulated depreciation divided by Depreciable amount multiplied by Depreciable
amount of replacement cost
c. Replacement cost minus Observed depreciation
d. Accumulated depreciation divided by Historical cost multiplied by Replacement cost
118. A long-term asset currently has a carrying amount of ₱45,000 and a salvage value of
₱5,000. It was acquired 3 years ago at a cost of ₱75,000. If the firm uses straight-line
depreciation, how many more years is the asset expected to be in service?
a. 5 years b. 4 years c. 6 years d. 7 years
Disclosure
119.Which of the following disclosures must be made under PAS16 Property, plant and
equipment?
I. The existence and amounts of restrictions on title
II. A narrative discussion of future capital expenditure plans
III. The disposal proceeds of each major asset sold in the period
IV. The measurement bases used for determining the gross carrying amount
a. I, IV b. I, II, IV c. I, III, IV d. I, II, III,
IV
(ACCA)
121. All of the following are required disclosure under PAS 16, except?
a. accounting policies and estimates of useful lives and residual value
b. reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year
c. commitments related to items of property, plant, and equipment
d. changes in fair values of assets measured under cost model
Chapter 16
Depletion of Mineral
Resources
Chapter 16: Theory of Accounts Reviewer
1. PFRS 6 is applied to which of the following?
a. the search for mineral resources before the entity has obtained legal rights to explore in a
specific area.
b. the search and evaluation of mineral resources, agricultural produce, and biological assets
prior to commencement of actual production
c. the search for mineral resources after the entity has obtained legal rights to explore in a
specific area.
d. the development of mineral resources after the entity has in fact established the existence
of mineral deposits in an area.
3. PFRS 6
a. shall be applied by all entities adopting full PFRSs
b. shall be applied only by entities engaged in agricultural activity
c. temporarily exempts entities in applying some provisions in PAS 8
d. when adopted, shall replace PAS 16
4. It refers to the activities geared towards the search for mineral resources after the entity has
obtained legal rights to explore in a specific area
a. exploration and evaluation c. probe and investigation
b. development d. adventure and conquest
5. Does PFRS 6 require an entity to recognize exploration and evaluation expenditure as assets?
a. Yes, but only to the extent such expenditure is recoverable in future periods.
b. Yes, but only to the extent the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting
the associated mineral resource have been demonstrated.
c. Yes, but only to the extent required by the entity’s accounting policy for recognizing
exploration and evaluation assets.
d. No, such expenditure is always expensed in profit or loss as incurred.
(Adapted)
7. What is an entity required to consider in developing accounting policies for exploration and
evaluation activities?
a. The requirements and guidance in Standards and Interpretations dealing with similar and
related issues.
b. The definitions, recognition criteria, and measurement concepts for assets, liabilities,
income, and expenses in the Conceptual Framework.
c. Recent pronouncements of standard-setting bodies, accounting literature, and accepted
industry practices.
d. Whether the accounting policy results in information that is relevant and reliable.
(Adapted)
8. Expenditures incurred after the existence of reserves is in fact established in a specific area but
before commencement of commercial production are called
a. exploration and evaluation expenditures
b. development expenditures
c. extraction costs
d. cost of drilling rig foundation and sewers
10. Under PFRS 6, exploration and evaluation assets shall be initially measured
at
a. cost b. fair value c. amortized cost d. any of these
12. Under PFRS 6, an entity may change its accounting policies for exploration and evaluation
expenditures
a. If the change is required or permitted under the standards
b. If the change is required or permitted under the standards and not prohibited by a relevant
regulation
c. if the change makes the financial statements more relevant and no less reliable, or more
reliable and no less relevant.
d. If the change makes the financial statements more relevant or more reliable
13. Is an entity ever required or permitted to change its accounting policy for exploration and
evaluation expenditures?
a. Yes, entities are required to change their accounting policy for these expenditures if the
change would result in more useful information for users of financial statements.
b. Yes, entities are free to change accounting policy for these expenditures as long as the
selected policy results in information that is relevant and reliable.
c. Yes, but only if the change makes the financial statements more relevant to the economic
decision-making needs of users and no less reliable, or more reliable and no less relevant
to those needs.
d. No, entities would be permitted to change accounting policy only on adoption of a new or
revised Standard that replaces the existing requirements in PFRS 6.
(Adapted)
14. According to PFRS 6, an entity shall classify exploration and evaluation assets as
a. tangible or intangible according to the nature of the assets
b. depreciable or non-depreciable according to the nature of the assets
c. exploration and development
d. movable or immovable
18. Which of the following expenditures would never qualify as an exploration and evaluation
asset?
a. Expenditure for acquisition of rights to explore.
b. Expenditure for exploratory drilling.
c. Expenditures related to the development of mineral resources.
d. Expenditure for activities in relation to evaluating the technical feasibility and commercial
viability of extracting a mineral resource.
(Adapted)
19. Which measurement model applies to exploration and evaluation assets subsequent to initial
recognition?
a. The cost model. c. either a or b
b.The revaluation model. d. The recoverable amount model.
(Adapted)
20. Which of the following facts or circumstances would not trigger a need to test an evaluation
and exploration asset for impairment?
a. The expiration - or expected expiration in the near future -of the period for which the
entity has the right to explore in the specific area, unless the right is expected to be
renewed.
b. The absence of budgeted or planned substantive expenditure on further exploration and
evaluation activities in the specific area.
c. A decision to discontinue exploration and evaluation activities in the specific area when
those activities have not led to the discovery of commercially viable quantities of mineral
resources.
d. Lack of sufficient data to determine whether the carrying amount of the exploration and
evaluation asset is likely to be recovered in full from successful development or by sale.
(Adapted)
22. Tangible development (equipment) costs are sub-classified into movable or immovable for
purposes of subsequent depreciation. Which of the following statements is correct?
I. Movable tangible equipment costs such as heavy equipment used from one extracting site
to another are depreciated separately over their useful life.
II. Immovable tangible equipment costs such as drilling rig foundation are depreciated
separately over their useful life or the life of the resource, whichever is shorter.
III If the useful life of the immovable tangible equipment is shorter than the economic life of
. the mine, units-of-production method should be used to depreciate the equipment’s cost.
IV. If the useful life of the immovable tangible equipment is longer than the economic life of
the mine, no depreciation is recognized during a period where there are no extraction
activities.
a. I, II b. III, IV c. I, II, IV d. I, II, III, IV
28. Which of the following is correct regarding the accounting for provisions for
decommissioning and restoration costs?
I. The amount of decommissioning or restoration costs to be included as part of the cost of
an asset is the fair value of the estimated liability as of initial recognition.
II. The provision shall be the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present
obligation.
III The fair value of the obligation for restoration and decommissioning cost is recorded
. under “Asset retirement obligation” (ARO) with a corresponding debit to the related asset
for the same amount.
IV. Periodic unwinding of the discount on the liability recognized for the decommissioning or
restoration cost shall be recognized in profit or loss as a finance cost as it occurs.
V. Periodic unwinding of the discount on the liability does not affect depletion or
depreciation recognized for the period.
a. I, II, III b. I, II, IV c. I, II, III, IV d. I, II, III, IV, V
30. For charging depreciation, on which of the following assets is depletion method adopted?
a. plant and machinery c. patents
b. goodwill d. wasting assets
31. Which of the following incorrectly refer to accounting for property, plant and equipment?
I. Land improvements should never be depreciated since they are attached to the land.
II. The cost of original installation of a machine should be credited to a machinery
account.
III. Natural resources are generally recorded at cost, including the cost of exploration and
development.
IV. In calculating depletion for a period, the residual value of acquired land containing an ore
deposit should be deducted from the total purchase price.
V. If property, plant and equipment are stated at current valuation, the financial position and
progress of an enterprise will be more realistically portrayed. The impression that the
company is more profitable than what it really is, is avoided.
a. III, IV, V b. I, II, V c. II, III, IV, V d. I, II
32. Development costs are divided into tangible equipment and intangible development costs. The
intangible development costs are generally considered as part of the depletion base while
tangible equipment are normally not included in the depletion base.
I. Tangible equipment that can be moved and be used from one site to another should be
depreciated over their useful life or the life of the wasting asset whichever is shorter.
II. Tangible equipment that cannot be moved and does not have alternative use (cannot be
used from one site to another) should be depreciated over their useful life or the life of the
wasting asset whichever is shorter.
a. True, true b. True, false c. False, true d. False, false
34. Which of the following models may be applied by entities for the measurement after
recognition of exploration and evaluation assets, in accordance with PFRS6 Exploration for
and evaluation of mineral resources?
a Cost d. Present value
b. Revaluation e. a or b
c.
Realization
(ACCA)
35. Does PFRS6 Exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources apply to the following types
of expenditure?
I. The extraction and processing of mineral resources for transport to market.
II. The commercial review of possible areas for mineral extraction before bidding for the
legal rights to explore a specific area.
a. No, no b. No, Yes c. Yes, No d. Yes,
yes
36. The Strider Company is involved in the exploration for mineral resources. Its policy is to
recognize exploration assets and measure them initially at cost. It is currently exploring a new
gas field in Ruritania. The exploration license for the new Ruritanian gas field is about to
expire and Strider is now preparing to undertake an impairment review. Strider reports its
financial performance as 'Mineral Production' and 'Energy Trading' in its financial statements
in accordance with PFRS8 Operating segments. The Mineral Production segment comprises
two cash-generating units – 'oil production' and 'gas production'. In accordance with PFRS 6
Exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources, what is the highest level at which the
impairment test can be undertaken?
a. A cash-generating unit based on the assets in the Ruritanian gas field
b. Gas production cash-generating unit
c. Oil production and gas production cash-generating units combined
d. A cash-generating unit at The Strider Company level
(ACCA)
38. Under which of the following methods is depreciation computed in the same way as depletion
is computed?
a. Straight-line c. Double-declining-balance
b. Sum-of-the-years-digits d. Productive-output
Chapter 17
Government Grants
2. Under PAS 20, it is action by government designed to provide an economic benefit specific to
an entity or range of entities qualifying under certain criteria. It does not include benefits
provided only indirectly through action affecting general trading conditions, such as the
provision of infrastructure in development areas or the imposition of trading constraints on
competitors.
a. Government assistance c. Grants related to assets
b. Government grants d. Grants related to income
3. Under PAS 20, these are assistance by government in the form of transfers of resources to an
entity in return for past or future compliance with certain conditions relating to the operating
activities of the entity. They exclude those which cannot reasonably have a value placed upon
them and transactions with government which cannot be distinguished from the normal
trading transactions of the entity.
a. Government assistance c. Grants related to assets
b. Government grants d. Grants related to income
4. Which of the following is not a term used as substitute for government grants?
a. subsidies c. premiums
b. subventions d. income tax holiday
5. Which of the following may not form a valid basis for the accounting for government grants?
a. cost principle c. full disclosure
b. matching d. comparability
6. Which of the following is not specifically excluded from the purview of PAS
20?
a. Government participation in ownership of the entity.
b. Government grant covered by PAS 41.
c. Forgivable
d. Government assistance
loan from the provided in the form of tax benefits.
government.
(Adapted)
7. Which of the following statements incorrectly relate to the scope of PAS 20?
a. PAS 20 shall be applied in accounting for, and in the disclosure of, government grants and
in the disclosure of other forms of government assistance.
b. PAS 20 shall be applied in accounting for, and in the disclosure of, government grants and
other forms of government assistance.
c. PAS 20 does not deal with the special problems arising in the accounting for government
grants in financial statements reflecting the effects of changing prices or in supplementary
information of a similar nature.
d. PAS 20 does not deal with government assistance that is provided for an entity in the form
of benefits that are available in determining taxable profit or tax loss, or are determined or
limited on the basis of income tax liability. Examples of such benefits are income tax
holidays, investment tax credits, accelerated depreciation allowances and reduced income
tax rates.
e. PAS 20 does not deal with government participation in the ownership of the entity and
government grants covered by PAS 41 Agriculture.
Recognition
8. When shall an entity recognize government grants?
a. when there is reasonable assurance that the entity will comply with the conditions
attaching to grants
b. when the grants are received
c. when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received
d. a and c
9. In relation to the accounting for government grants, which of the following is true?
a. The receipt of a grant is of itself provides conclusive evidence that the conditions
attaching to the grant have been or will be fulfilled.
b. Government assistance that qualify as government grants are disclosed but not accounted
for under PAS 20.
c. Government assistance that do not qualify as government grants are accounted for and
disclosed under PAS 20.
d. Government grants, including non-monetary grants at fair value, shall not be recognized
until there is reasonable assurance that the entity will comply with the conditions
attaching
to them and the grants will be received
10. Which of the following are considered characteristics of a recognized government grant?
I. An economic benefit received from the government
II. Direct benefits is specific to the recipient entity
III. With measurable value
IV. Received or receivable in return for past or future compliance with attached condition
V. There is reasonable assurance that the recipient entity will comply to the attached
conditions and that the grant will be received.
VI. Direct recognition in equity.
a. I, II, III b. I, II, III, IV c. I, II, III, IV, V d. all of these
11. Under PAS 20, this refers to government, government agencies and similar bodies whether
local, national or international.
a. Government c. Internal Revenue Services
b. Regulatory agencies d. Securities Commission
12. Under PAS 20, these are government grants whose primary condition is that an entity
qualifying for them should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire long-term assets.
Subsidiary conditions may also be attached restricting the type or location of the assets or the
periods during which they are to be acquired or held.
a. Government assistance c. Grants related to assets
b. Government grants d. Grants related to income
13. Under PAS 20, these are government grants other than those related to assets.
a. Government assistance c. Grants related to assets
b. Government grants d. Grants related to income
18. A donated fixed asset received as government grant for which the fair value has been
determined should be recorded as a debit to fixed asset and a credit to
a. retained earnings c. deferred income
b. additional paid-in capital d. other income
19. Under PAS 20, these are loans which the lender undertakes to waive repayment of under
certain prescribed conditions.
a. Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments
b. Waivable loans
c. Agricultural loans
d. Forgivable loans
21. The benefit of a below-market rate of interest loan from the government is measured
a. as the fair value of the loan at date of grant
b. as the amount needed to settle the liability at maturity
c. as the difference between the initial carrying amount of the loan determined in accordance
with PFRS 9 and the proceeds
d. asreceived.
the difference between the initial carrying amount of the loan determined in accordance
with PFRS 9 and the present value of the loan.
22. Which approach is used to account for government grants?
a. Capital approach c. Gentle approach
b. Romantic approach d. Income approach
23. Which of the following is correct regarding the recognition of government grants?
a. Government grants shall be recognized in equity on a systematic basis over the periods in
which the entity recognizes as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended
to compensate.
b. Government grants shall be recognized in profit or loss immediately on grant date.
c. Government grants shall be recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the
periods in which the entity recognizes as expenses the related costs for which the grants
are intended to compensate.
d. Government grants shall be recognized immediately in equity on grant date.
24. Which of the following is the least desirable accounting procedure for government grants?
a. Government grants are recognized immediately in profit or loss if the related costs for
which the grants are intended to compensate have already been incurred.
b. Government grants are initially deferred if the related costs for which the grants are
intended to compensate are not yet incurred.
c. Government grants are not immediately recognized in profit or loss but rather amortized
to profit or loss as the costs for which the grants are intended to compensate are being
incurred.
d. Government grants are recognized in profit or loss on a receipts basis.
25. Which of the following is not applied when accounting for government grants?
a. matching c. cash basis accounting
b. accrual accounting d. income recognition
26. The use of cash basis of accounting to account for government grants is permitted
a. only if no basis existed for allocating a grant to periods other than the one in which it was
received.
b. only if there is no reasonable assurance that the entity will comply with the conditions
attached to the grant.
c. only if, at initial recognition, there is no reasonable basis that the grant will be received
d. under no circumstance
27. Which of the following is an acceptable accounting procedure for government grants?
I. Income from government grant is recognized in the period the costs or expenses related to
the government grant are recognized.
II. Grants related to depreciable assets are usually recognized in profit or loss over the
periods and in the proportions in which depreciation expense on those assets is
III recognized. Grants related to non-depreciable assets are recognized in profit or loss as
. depreciation expense is recognized on a related depreciable asset for which the grant was
received.
IV. A government grant that becomes receivable as compensation for expenses or losses
already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the entity
with no future related costs shall be recognized in profit or loss in the period in which it
becomes receivable.
V. Grants in the form of tax benefits are recognized in profit or loss when the related deferred
tax liability reverses.
a. I, II b. II, III, IV c. I, II, III, IV d. I, II, III, IV, V
28. Which of the following grants shall be recognized in profit or loss
immediately?
a. The government makes a grant to a start-up entity writing teaching software for children
with learning difficulties. The purpose of the grant is to help with general financing on
start up, and there are no further conditions attaching to the grant.
b. The area where an entity operates was struck by a super-typhoon. Various properties were
destroyed. Accordingly, the entity received ₱10M as financial aid.
c. A manufacturing entity sets up a plant in an area of high unemployment. A grant of ₱4
million is receivable if it continues to employ at least 100 people over a period of four
years. It is highly probable it will do so. ₱2 million of the grant is to be received
immediately and
d. a aand
further
b ₱2 million is receivable in four years’ time.
29. Which of the following grants shall be recognized in profit or loss periodically as the related
costs are incurred?
a. An agricultural research entity is given land that belonged to the government to set up a
new laboratory and to investigate new farming methods.
b. Free technical advice is provided by the government to help an export entity to market its
new technology in North America.
c. A local government made public improvements in the area where an entity operates. The
public improvements increased business in the area since it became more accessible to
customers. Also, the value of land in the area increased.
d. An entity operating in an economic zone was awarded a tax holiday of 5 years in the
condition that the entity should continue to operate for at least 10 years and that it should
employ only residents from the area.
30. In relation to a benefit included in the term 'government assistance', are the following
statements true or false according to PAS20 Government grants and government assistance?
I. The provision of infrastructure in developing areas is a benefit.
II. The imposition of trading constraints on competitors is a benefit.
a. False, False b. False, True c. True, False d. True, True
(ACCA)
31. PAS 20 shall be applied in accounting for, and in the disclosure of, government grants and in
the disclosure of other forms of government assistance. In the case of a nonmonetary grant,
which of the following accounting treatments is prescribed by PAS 20?
a. Record the asset at replacement cost and the grant at a nominal value.
b. Record the grant at a value estimated by management.
c. Record both the grant and the asset at fair value of the nonmonetary asset.
d. Record only the asset at fair value; do not recognize the fair value of the grant.
(Adapted)
32. An unrestricted grant received from the government to support enterprise fund operations
should be reported as
a. Contributed capital. c. Revenue
b. Income. d. Revenues and expenditures.
(AICPA)
34. ARISTOCRACY County owned an idle parcel of real estate consisting of land and a factory
building. Aristocracy gave title to this realty to ARISTOCRAT Co. as an incentive for
Aristocrat
to establish manufacturing operations in the County. Aristocrat paid nothing for this realty,
which had a fair market value of ₱250,000 at the date of the grant. Aristocrat should record
this nonmonetary transaction as a
a. memo entry only.
b. credit to deferred income for ₱250,000.
c. credit to income for ₱250,000.
d.credit to donated capital for ₱250,000.
(AICPA)
35. A plant site donated by a township to a manufacturer that plans to open a new factory should
be recorded on the manufacturer's books at
a. the nominal cost of taking title to it.
b. its market value.
c. “b” but alternatively, the entity may use “a”
d. not recorded
(AICPA)
36. An entity
donated land to a
municipality for a
park. The
acquisition cost of
the land was
a. Land 75,000
₱75,000, andincome
Deferred the revalued carrying amount at the time of the donation was ₱200,000 as
75,000
b. Land 125,000
determined by a professional appraiser. If the enterprise has adopted the allowed alternative
treatmentRevaluation surplus of property,125,000
for measurement plant, and equipment subsequent to initial
Revaluation surplus 125,000
recognition, the journal entry to record the disposition of the land is
Income 125,000
Expense 75,000
Land 75,000
c Expense 200,000
.
Revaluation surplus 125,000
Land 200,000
Retained earnings 125,000
d. Donation expense 200,000
Land 75,000
Income 125,000
Grant (a) – was paid to give financial assistance for start-up costs already incurred.
Grant (b) – was paid to subsidize the costs of purchasing computer software over the five-year
period.
The company is almost certain to keep the facilities operational for the next five years. The
company's accounting year end is December 31. Are the following statements concerning
recognition of the income from the two government grants true or false, according to PAS 20
Government grants and government assistance?
(1) Income from Grant (a) should be recognized in full on receipt in 20x1.
(2) Income from Grant (b) should be recognized in full at the end of 5 years.
a. False, False b. False, True c. True, False d. True, True
(ACCA)
Presentation
38. REPUBLIC “PEOPLE ELECT” Company purchased a major new piece of machinery for ₱10
million on January 1, 20x1. It will depreciate this machinery on a straight line basis over its
useful life of 10 years, assuming a zero residual value. Also on January 1, 20x1 the company
received a government grant of ₱1 million to help finance this machinery.
According to PAS20 Government grants and government assistance, which, if either, of the
following methods would be an acceptable treatment of this machinery and the related
government grant in the company's statement of financial position at December 31, 20x1?
Method 1 Method 2
Non-current asset Non-current asset
Cost 9,000,000 Cost
10,000,000
Depreciation 900,000 Depreciation
1,000,000
Carrying amount 8,100,000 Carrying amount
9,000,000
a. Deferred
Method 1income
only 900,000 c. Neither method
b.Method 2 only d. Method 1 or Method 2
(ACCA)
39. In the case of grants related to an asset, which of these accounting treatments (balance sheet
presentation) is prescribed by PAS 20?
a. Record the grant at a nominal value in the first year and write it off in the subsequent year.
b. Either set up the grant as deferred income or deduct it in arriving at the carrying amount
of the asset.
c. Record the grant at fair value in the first year and take it to income in the subsequent year.
d.Take it to the income statement and disclose it as an extraordinary gain.
(Adapted)
40. In the case of grants related to income, which of these accounting treatments is prescribed by
PAS 20?
a. Credit the grant to “general reserve” under shareholders’ equity.
b. Present the grant in the income statement as “other income”’ or as a separate line item,
or deduct it from the related expense.
c. Credit the grant to “retained earnings” on the balance sheet.
d.Credit the grant to sales or other revenue from operations in the income statement.
(Adapted)
Disclosure
43. Which of these disclosures is not required by PAS 20?
a. The accounting policy adopted for government grants, including methods of presentation
adopted in the financial statements.
b. Unfulfilled conditions and other contingencies attaching to government assistance.
c. The names of the government agencies that gave the grants along with the dates of
sanction of the grants by these government agencies and the dates when cash was
received in case of monetary grants.
d. The nature and extent of government grants recognized in the financial statements and an
indication of other forms of government assistance from which the entity has directly
benefited.
(Adapted)
Chapter 18
Borrowing
Costs
Chapter 18: Theory of Accounts Reviewer
Scope
1. Which of the following is the core principle under PAS 23?
a. Borrowing costs incurred in the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying
asset is expensed. Alternatively, such borrowing costs may be capitalized.
b. Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production
of a qualifying asset form part of the cost of that asset. Other borrowing costs are
recognized as an expense.
c. Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production
of a qualifying asset form part of the cost of that asset. Alternatively, such borrowing
costs are recognized as an expense.
d. Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production
of any long-lived asset form part of the cost of that asset. Alternatively, such borrowing
costs are recognized as an expense.
4. Borrowing costs subject to accounting under PAS 23 include all of the following except
a. interest expense calculated using the effective interest method
b. interest expense incurred on finance leases
c. exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are
regarded as an adjustment to interest costs.
d. interest expense incurred on redeemable preference shares
e. all of these may be subject to accounting under PAS 23
5. It is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use
or sale.
a. qualified asset c. Nine-nine asset
b. qualifying d. deferred asset
asset
6. Which of the following assets may not qualify as a qualifying
asset?
a. Inventories
b. Investment
c. Property, plant and equipment
property measured under the fair model
d. Intangible assets
9. Which of the following may not be considered a “qualifying asset” under PAS 23?
a. A power generation plant that normally takes two years to construct.
b. An expensive private jet that can be purchased from a local vendor.
c. A toll bridge that usually takes more than a year to build.
d.A ship that normally takes one to two years to complete.
(Adapted)
12. Borrowing costs can be capitalized as part of the asset under PAS 23 when
a. They are a qualifying asset and the entity has opted for the benchmark treatment under
PAS 23.
b. They are a qualifying asset; the entity has opted for the allowed alternative treatment
under PAS 23, but it is not probable that they will result in future economic benefits to the
entity.
c. They are a qualifying asset; the entity has opted for the allowed alternative treatment
under PAS 23, and it is probable that they will result in future economic benefits to the
entity, but the costs cannot be measured reliably.
d. They are a qualifying asset; the entity has opted for the allowed alternative treatment
under PAS 23, and it is probable that they will result in future economic benefits to the
entity, but the costs cannot be measured reliably.
e. The borrowing costs are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production
of a qualifying asset. Other borrowing costs are recognized as expense in the period in
which the entity incurs them.
(Adapted)
Recognition
13. Under PAS 23, the capitalization of borrowing costs as part of the cost of a qualifying asset
commences on the date when which of the following conditions is met?
a. The entity incurs expenditures for the asset
b. The entity incurs borrowing costs
c. It undertakes activities that are necessary to prepare the asset for its intended use or sale
d. all of these
14. Which of the following statements regarding the provisions of PAS 23 is not true?
a. Borrowing costs eligible for capitalization are those that would have been avoided if the
expenditure on the qualifying asset had not been made.
b. Expenditures on a qualifying asset include only those expenditures that have resulted in
payments of cash, transfers of other assets, or the assumption of interest-bearing
liabilities.
c. Expenditures are reduced by any progress payments received and grants received in
connection with the asset.
d. The average carrying amount of the asset during a period, excluding borrowing costs
previously capitalized, is the expenditures to which the capitalization rate is applied in that
period.
15. Which of the following costs may not be eligible for capitalization as borrowing costs under
PAS 23?
a. Interest on bonds issued to finance the construction of a qualifying asset.
b. Amortization of discounts or premiums relating to borrowings that qualifies for
capitalization.
c. Imputed cost of equity.
d. d Exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent they are
regarded as an adjustment to interest costs pertaining to a qualifying asset.
(Adapted)
16. In which of the following instances is an entity not permitted under PAS 23 to capitalize
borrowing costs?
a. Prior to the start of physical construction but where technical and administrative work are
being performed.
b. During the period of actual physical construction.
c. During the period when an asset is being held but no production or development is being
made.
d. a and c
20. Under PAS 23, an entity shall cease capitalizing borrowing costs when
a. substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the qualifying asset for its intended use
or sale are complete.
b. the physical construction of the asset is complete even though routine administrative work
might still continue
c. only minor modifications are all that are outstanding
d. any of these
21. Capitalization of borrowing costs is permitted during the period activities necessary to prepare
the asset for its intended use or sale are being undertaken. Which of the following is not
among the necessary activities?
a. Technical and administrative work prior to the start of physical construction such as
obtaining permits to construct.
b. Actual physical construction.
c. Negotiation is being made with a government official regarding his fair share so the
construction can begin.
d. Merely holding asset when no production or development is being made.
22. Activities necessary in preparing a qualifying asset for its intended use or sale encompasses
more than physical construction. Which of the following is a necessary activity which is not
physical construction?
a. excavation in preparation for the construction of a structure’s foundation
b. survey of land prior to actual construction
c. obtaining permit to start construction and performing technical planning
d. preparing PERT, Gantt Chart or CPM before construction of a small public toilet
23. In which of the following may capitalization of borrowing costs not be suspended?
a. Construction is delayed in order to give pavements and other cemented structures time to
fully harden.
b. Construction of a bridge is delayed due to high levels of water which is common at the
construction site.
c. Construction is delayed; however, substantial technical and administrative work is being
performed.
d. The foreman lost his arm due to an accident at the construction site.
e. The capitalization of borrowing costs is not suspended in any of these.
25. The borrowing costs from specific borrowings that are eligible for capitalization is computed
as
a. Interest expense minus investment income
b. Investment income minus interest expense
c. Capitalization rate multiplied by average expenditures
d. Total borrowings minus average expenditures multiplied by capitalization rate
26. The borrowing costs from general borrowings that are eligible for capitalization may be
computed as
a. Interest expense minus investment income
b. Investment income minus interest expense
c. Capitalization rate multiplied by average carrying amount of qualifying asset
d. Total borrowings minus average expenditures multiplied by capitalization rate
27. A company is constructing an asset for its own use. Construction began in 20x1. The asset is
being financed entirely with a specific new borrowing. Construction expenditures were made
in 20x1 and 20x2 at the end of each quarter. The total amount of interest cost capitalized in
20x2 should be determined by applying the interest rate on the specific new borrowing to the
a. total accumulated expenditures for the asset in 20x1 and 20x2.
b. average accumulated expenditures for the asset in 20x1 and 20x2.
c. average expenditures for the asset in 20x2.
d.total expenditures for the asset in 20x2.
(AICPA)
28. Which of the following assets do not qualify for capitalization of interest costs incurred during
construction of the assets?
a. Assets under construction for an enterprise's own use.
b. Assets intended for sale or lease that are produced as discrete projects.
c. Assets financed through the issuance of long-term debt.
d. Assets not currently undergoing the activities necessary to prepare them for their intended
use.
(AICPA)
30. When computing the amount of interest cost to be capitalized, the concept of "avoidable
interest" refers to
a. the total interest cost actually incurred.
b. a cost of capital charge for stockholders' equity.
c. that portion of total interest cost which would not have been incurred if expenditures for
asset construction had not been made.
d. that portion of average accumulated expenditures on which no interest cost was incurred.
31. The period of time during which interest must be capitalized ends when
a. the asset is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.
b. no further interest cost is being incurred.
c. the asset is abandoned, sold, or fully depreciated.
d.the activities that are necessary to get the asset ready for its intended use have begun.
(AICPA)
33. Construction of a qualifying asset is started on April 1 and finished on December 1. The
fraction used to multiply an expenditure made on April 1 to find weighted-average
accumulated expenditures is
a. 8/8. b. 8/12. c. 9/12. d. 11/12.
(AICPA)
34. When funds are borrowed to pay for construction of assets that qualify for capitalization of
interest, the excess funds not needed immediately may be temporarily invested in interest-
bearing securities. Interest earned on these temporary investments should be
a. offset against interest cost to be capitalized
b. used to reduce the cost of assets being constructed.
c. multiplied by an appropriate interest rate to determine the amount of interest to be
capitalized.
d.recognized as revenue of the period.
(AICPA)
36. During 2002, TIER ROW Co. constructed machinery for its own use and for sale to
customers. Machines sold to customers are manufactured in large quantities on a repetitive
basis. Bank loans financed the construction of these assets, both during and after construction
were complete. How much of the interest incurred should be reported as interest expense in
the 2002 income statement?
Interest incurred for machinery Interest incurred for machinery
constructed for own use held for sale
a. All interest incurred All interest incurred
b. All interest incurred Interest incurred after completion
c. Interest incurred after completion Interest incurred after completion
d. Interest incurred after completion All interest incurred
(Adapted)
39. After determining which items on the balance sheet properly comprise the basis of interest
capitalization for operational assets under construction, the interest calculation is based on
the:
a. accumulated borrowing used only for the construction.
b. accumulated expenditures on qualifying assets as of the start of the construction period.
c. average accumulated expenditures on qualifying assets during the construction period.
d. accumulated expenditures on qualifying assets as of the end of the construction period.
40. The interest capitalization period for a self-constructed asset begins when certain conditions
are met. Which of the following is not one of these conditions?
a. Activities necessary to get the asset ready for its intended use actually are in progress.
b. Qualifying expenditures for the asset have actually been made.
c. Interest cost has actually been incurred.
d. Liabilities, such as trade payables or accruals, are incurred in connection with the asset.
41. Which of the following costs generally would be capitalized to property, plant, and equipment
account?
a. Interest on debt incurred to purchase the item
b. Property taxes relating to periods after acquisition
c. Import duties incurred on purchase
d. Freight-out
(Adapted)
42. An entity imported machinery to install in its new factory premises before year-end. However,
due to circumstances beyond its control, the machinery was delayed by a few months but
reached the factory premises before year-end. While this was happening, the entity learned
from the bank that it was being charged interest on the loan it had taken to fund the cost of
the plant. What is the proper treatment of freight and interest expense under PAS 16?
a. Both expenses should be capitalized.
b. Interest may be capitalized but freight should be expensed.
c. Freight charges should be capitalized but interest cannot be capitalized under these
circumstances.
d. Both expenses should be expensed.
(Adapted)
43. A firm decides to capitalize the interest expenditure on a large, building construction project,
instead of expensing it. This its debt-to-equity ratio.
a. has an ambiguous effect on c. decreases
b.leaves unaffected d. increases
(Adapted)
44. According to PAS23 Borrowing costs, which of the following assets could be treated as
qualifying assets for the purpose of capitalizing interest costs?
I. Investment property
II Investments in financial instruments
. Inventory of finished goods produced over a short period of time
III Power generation facilities
. b. I, III, IV c. I, II, IV d. I,
IV IV
.
a. I,
45. II,
According to PAS23 Borrowing costs, which of the following statements about the
III capitalization of borrowing costs as part of the cost of a qualifying asset is true?
(ACCA
a. If funds come from general borrowings, the amount to be capitalized is based on the
) weighted average cost of borrowing
b. Capitalization always continues until the asset is brought into use
c. Capitalization always commences as soon as expenditure of the asset is incurred
d. Capitalization always commences as soon as interest on relevant borrowings is being
incurred
(ACCA)
46. The following events take place: An entity buys some land on December 1. Planning
permission is obtained on January 31. Payment for the land is deferred until February 1. The
entity takes out a loan to cover the cost of the land and the construction of the building on
February 1. Due to adverse weather conditions there is a delay in starting the building work
for six weeks and work does not commence until March 15. Capitalization of borrowing costs
will start on
a.December 1 b. January 1 c. February 1 d. March
15 (ACCA)
47. If the acquisition or construction of a qualifying asset has been financed partly through
specific and partly through general borrowings, then when computing for the borrowing costs
eligible for capitalization
a. the capitalization rate shall be multiplied to the average expenditures during the year
b. the capitalization rate shall be multiplied to the average carrying amount of the qualifying
asset financed through specific borrowings
c. the capitalization rate shall be multiplied to the average carrying amount of the qualifying
asset financed through general borrowings
d. the borrowing costs are treated as incurred on general borrowings only
49. Which of the following is not a disclosure requirement under PAS 23?
a. Accounting policy adopted for borrowing costs.
b. Amount of borrowing costs capitalized during the period.
c. Segregation of assets that are “qualifying assets” from other assets on the balance sheet
or as a disclosure in the footnotes to the financial statements.
d. Capitalization rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for
capitalization.
(Adapted)
Chapter 19
Investment Property
Chapter 19: Theory of Accounts
Reviewer Scope
1. PAS 40 shall be applied to which of the
following?
a. biological assets related to agricultural activity
b. inventories held for sale in the ordinary course
of business
c. building
d. mineral that
rights and mineral
is vacant but isreserves such
held to be as oil,
leased outnatural
under gas
one and similar
or more non-regenerative
operating leases
resources.
2. A factory is in the process of being constructed on behalf of the government. The property
should be accounted for under
a. PAS 20 b. PAS 16 c. PAS 40 d. PAS 11
3. A new office building used by an insurance entity as its head office which was purchased
specifically in the center of a major city in order to exploit its capital gains potential. The
property should be accounted for under
a. PAS 20 b. PAS 16 c. PAS 40 d. PAS 11
4. The applicable PFRS/PAS for a property being constructed or developed for future use as
investment property is
a. PAS 2, Inventories, until construction is complete and then it is accounted for under PAS
40, Investment Property.
b. PAS 40, Investment Property.
c. PAS 11, Construction Contracts, until construction is complete and then it is accounted
for under PAS 40, Investment Property.
d. PAS 16, Property, Plant, and Equipment, until construction is complete and then it is
accounted for under PAS 40, Investment Property.
(Adapted)
9. Investment properties are initially recognized at cost which comprises purchase price and any
directly attributable expenditure. Which of the following may be treated as direct costs of
acquisition and, therefore, increases the cost to be initially recognized for the investment
property?
a. Professional fees for legal services and property transfer taxes.
b. Start-up costs
c. Operating losses incurred before the investment property achieves the planned level of
occupancy
d. Abnormal amounts of wasted material, labor or other resources incurred in constructing or
developing the property
14. The fair value of an investment property excludes which of the following?
a. prepaid or accrued operating lease income
b. equipment made an integral part of the property
c. future costs of day-to-day servicing of the asset
d. elevator in a building that is replaced every after 10 years.
16. An entity has a factory, which due to a decline in activity, is no longer required and is now
classified as held for sale. Which of the following is correct?
a. The property may be classified as investment property if there is commencement of
development with view to sale.
b. The property should be measured using cost model or fair value model but not both.
c. Theproperty
d. The propertyisshould stillas
classified beheld
depreciated if theisproperty
for sale and is measured
not an investment under fair value
property.
model.
17. An agricultural land is purchased for its investment potential. Planning permission has not
been obtained for building constructions of any kind. Which of the following is correct?
a. the property should be classified as PPE
b. the property may be classified as investment property because of the lack of permission
c. the property may be classified as investment property despite the lack of permission
d. the property should be classified initially as investment property pending the receipt of
permission; after the receipt of permission, the property should be classified as PPE.
18. A gain arising from a change in the fair value of an investment property for which an entity
has opted to use the fair value model is recognized in
a. Profit or loss for the year.
b. General reserve in the shareholders’ equity.
c. Valuation reserve in the shareholders’ equity.
d. None of the above.
(Adapted)
19. Which of the following terms best describes property held to earn rentals or for capital
appreciation?
a. Freehold property c. Owner-occupied property
b.Leasehold property d. Investment property
(ACCA)
20. How does the fair value model differ from the revaluation model?
a. Increases in carrying amount above a cost-based measure are recognized in equity
b. Changes in fair value are recognized through profit or loss
c. a and b
d. neither a nor b
22. The distinguishing characteristic that identifies an investment property from other assets of an
entity is?
a. Changes in fair value of the asset is charged to profit or loss
b. The property do not derive cash flows separate from other entities
c. Generates separately identifiable cash flows from other assets of the entities
d. Earns rental as part of the ordinary operation of the entity
24. Property interest held by the lessee under an operating lease may be classified and accounted
for:
a. As investment property at fair value
b. As property, plant and equipment at cost model
c. As intangible asset at cost
d. Either a or b
25. The initial cost of a property interest in an operating lease classified as investment property
shall be:
I. The fair value of the property interest
II. The present value of the minimum lease payments to the operating lease
a. I c. Whichever is lower between I and II
only
b. II d. Whichever is higher between I and II
only
26. Regarding property interest in an operating lease, which of the following can be classified as
investment property?
a. Property interest in an operating lease that has no reliably determinable fair value
b. Property interest in an operating lease wherein the underlying premises is currently used
by the owner for its regular operation
c. Property interest in an operating lease that is held for appreciation by the lessee or wherein
the underlying premises is held for sub-lease by the lessee
d. Neither a, b nor c
27. Which of the following investment property will have a changed classification in the
Consolidated Financial Statements?
a. Investment properties that are intended by management to be disposed of
b. Investment properties wherein owner occupation commenced during the period
c. Investment properties that are leased out to affiliates or subsidiaries in the consolidated
group
d. Investment properties leased out to equity method investees
(Adapted)
28. Which is correct regarding the fair value model for investment
property?
a. Investment properties are initially measured as cost; subsequently, they are measured at
fair value, any fluctuations in fair value are recognized as revaluation in equity similar
to
the revaluation model of property, plant and equipment
b. Change
c. Investment properties
of policy are fair
from the initially
valuemeasured
model toatthe
fair value,
cost modelanyissubsequent
least likelychanges in fair
to happen
value are recognized in profit or loss
d. Investment properties are initially recognized at fair value, any subsequent changes in fair
value are recognized as revaluation in equity
29. Which of the following circumstances demonstrate a change from owner-occupied property
to investment property?
a. Commencement of development with a view to sale
b. End of re-development of the investment property for use as investment property
c. Commencement of owner occupation
d. End of use of property for administrative purposes to be leased in one or more operating
leases.
32. Which of the following properties fall under the definition of investment property and
therefore within the scope of PAS 40 Investment property?
I. Land held for long-term capital appreciation
II. Property occupied by an employee paying market rent
III. Property being constructed on behalf of third parties
IV. A building owned by an entity and leased out under an operating lease
a. I, II b. II, IV c. I, IV d. II, III, IV
34. The initial cost of a property interest held under a finance lease and classified as an investment
property shall be
a. the fair value of the property
b. the present value of the minimum lease payments
c. the lower of the fair value of the property and the present value of the minimum lease
payments
d. the fair value of the property or the present value of the minimum lease payments at the
option of the entity
35. Which of the following generally provides the best evidence of fair value for an investment
property?
a. Discounted cash flow projections based on reliable estimates of future cash flows.
b. Recent prices on less active markets with adjustments to reflect changes in economic
conditions.
c. Current prices for properties of a different nature or subject to different conditions.
d. Current prices on an active market for similar property in the same location and condition.
37. IRK ANNOY Co.’s investment in real property has carrying value of ₱1,000,000 under the
fair value model, before adjustment. If the fair market value at end of the year is ₱800,000,
how much should be the gain or loss on transfer if Irk would shift to cost model?
a. gain of ₱200,000 reported as other comprehensive income
b. loss of ₱200,000 reported as other loss in the income statement
c. loss of ₱200,000 reported in equity as decrease in revaluation surplus
d. none
(Adapted)
38. Which of the following does not indicate change in use of the property and therefore
precludes transfers to or from investment property classification?
a. Start of owner occupation
b. End of owner occupation
c. Start of development with a view to sale
d. Entity decides to sell an investment property without development.
39. Under PAS40 Investment property, which of the following additional disclosures must be
made when an entity chooses the cost model as its accounting policy for investment
property?
a. The fair value of the property
b. The present value of the property
c. The value in use of the property
d.The net realizable value of the property
(ACCA)
40. PAS40 Investment property gives a choice between two different models as the accounting
policy to be used in relation to investment property. Which of the following disclosures
should be made when the fair value model has been adopted?
a. Depreciation methods used
b. The amount of impairment losses recognized
c. Useful lives or depreciation rates used
d. Net gains or losses from fair value adjustments
(ACCA)
41. In case of property held under an operating lease and classified as investment property
a. The entity has to account for the investment property under the cost model only.
b. The entity has to use the fair value model only.
c. The entity has the choice between the cost model and the fair value model.
d.The entity needs only to disclose the fair value and can use the cost model under PAS 38.
(Adapted)
44. An entity has a factory that has been shut down for a year due to various reasons,
including worker unrest and strike. The entity plans to sell this factory. It should
a. Classify the factory as investment property.
b. Classify the factory as property held for sale if all the requirements of PFRS 5 Non-current
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations are
met.
c. Classify the factory as property, plant, and equipment under PAS 16.
d. Write off the net book value and disclose that fact in the footnotes to the financial
statements.
(Adapted)
45. Transfers from investment property to property, plant, and equipment are appropriate
a. When there is change of use.
b. Based on the entity’s discretion.
c. Only when the entity adopts the fair value model under PAS 38.
d. The entity can never transfer property into another classification on the balance sheet
once it is classified as investment property.
(Adapted)
Disclosure
46. Which of the following is not a required disclosure involving investment property?
a. The accounting model followed for investment property
b. Whether property interests under operating leases are classified as investment properties
c. The depreciation method used for investment property measured under the fair value
model
d. Criteria to distinguish investment property from owner-occupied property when there is
classification difficulty
47. Which is not a disclosure under the cost model for investment property?
a. The depreciation rates used
b. The fair value of the investment property
c. The net gain or loss from fair value adjustments
d. The depreciation methods used
Chapter 20
Intangible
Assets
Chapter 20: Theory of Accounts
Reviewer Objective and scope
1. Which of the following may PAS 38
be applied to?
a. goodwill acquired in a business
combination
b. rights arising from exploration
andsite
e. web evaluation
costs assets
c. computer software held for sale
2. PASin38the ordinary
does course
not apply of business
to all of the following, except
d. receivables
a. leasehold improvements
without physical substance
b. intangible assets classified as assets held for sale
c. insurer’s contractual rights under insurance contracts
d. assets arising from employee benefits
e. right to utilize another entity’s business concept
4. PAS 38 states that an asset meets the identifiability criterion in the definition of an intangible
asset when it:
I. is separable, i.e., capable of being separated or divided from the entity and sold,
transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, either individually or together with a related
contract, asset or liability
II. arises from contractual or other legal rights, regardless of whether those rights are
transferable or separable from the entity or from other rights and obligations.
a. I b. II c. I or II d. none
8. An asset that cannot be sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged separately is called
a. goodwill c. unidentifiable
b. intangible d. no such thing
9. Which of the following items may qualify for recognition as intangible asset?
a. Market and technical knowledge
b. Employees’ skills developed from training
c. Specific managerial or technical talent
d. Market share and customer loyalty
e. None of these
10. Future economic benefits from an intangible asset may be obtained in various ways which
include
a. restricting others from the use of the asset
b. enjoyment of legal enforceability
c. reduced operating costs
d. separability through transferable right
11. Which of the following is not true regarding control over an intangible asset?
a. An entity controls an asset if the entity has the power to obtain the future economic
benefits flowing from the underlying resource and to restrict the access of others to those
benefits.
b. The capacity of an entity to control the future economic benefits from an intangible asset
would normally stem from legal rights that are enforceable in a court of law. In the
absence of legal rights, it is more difficult to demonstrate control.
c. Legal enforceability of a right is a necessary condition for control because without it an
entity cannot be able to control the future economic benefits from the asset.
d. Control may be acquired from contractual rights such as rights arising from franchises and
non-competition agreements.
12. Regarding an asset that contains both intangible and tangible components, which of the
following statements is incorrect?
a. the entity uses its judgment on how to classify the asset
b. the asset is classified as property, plant and equipment if the intangible component forms
an integral part of the tangible asset
c. the entire asset is classified as property, plant and equipment if the intangible component
is necessary for the tangible asset to operate
d. the entire asset is classified as intangible asset if the tangible component is necessary for
the intangible asset to operate.
13. Which item listed below does not qualify as an intangible asset?
a. Computer software. c. Copyrights that are protected.
b.Registered patent. d. Notebook computer.
(Adapted)
15. Which of the following is not an acceptable financial statement presentation for intangible
assets?
a. Intangible assets accounted for under PAS 38 shall be presented separately from Goodwill.
b. Intangible assets accounted for under PAS 38 are aggregated and presented as one line
item under the heading “Intangible assets” or “Other intangible assets” in the statement of
financial position. The breakdown of the line item is disclosed in the notes.
c. Goodwill is presented separately in a statement of financial position under a line item
described as “Goodwill.”
d. Goodwill is aggregated with other intangible assets and the breakdown is provided in the
notes.
Recognition
16. An intangible asset shall be recognized if management can demonstrate that:
I. the item meets the definition of intangible asset
II. it is probable that the expected future economic benefits will flow to the entity
III. the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.
IV. the entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the intangible asset
V. the fair value of the intangible asset can be reliably determined
a. I, II, III b. I, II, III, IV c. I, II, III, IV, V d. I, II,
V
17. At initial recognition, an intangible asset shall be measured
a. at cost c. at fair value plus direct acquisition costs
b. at fair value d. any of these
18. Measurement of cost depends on how the intangible asset is acquired. Intangible assets may
be acquired through:
I. Separate acquisition
II. Acquisition as part of a business combination
III. Acquisition by way of a government grant
IV. Exchanges of assets
V. Internal generation
a. I, II, III, IV b. I, V c. I only d. any of these
19. When an intangible asset is separately acquired through purchase, which of the following is
incorrect?
a. trade discounts and rebates are deducted from the purchase price whether taken or not
b. any directly attributable cost of preparing the asset for its intended use forms part of initial
cost
c. if settlement is deferred, the intangible asset is recognized at its cash price equivalent, any
difference between this amount and future payments is recognized as interest expense
d. trade discounts and rebates are deducted from the purchase price only when taken
20. MYTHICAL Co. acquired an intangible asset from IMAGINARY Co. during the year. Which
of the following costs incurred by Mythical should not be included as initial cost of the
intangible asset purchased?
a. fees of Mr. Programmer in installing the software purchased
b. fees of Mr. Auditor in auditing the system prior to closing the purchase contract
c. costs of testing the new system whether it is functioning properly
d. advertising costs for the new product that will be produced using the newly acquired
software
21. SPLICE Co. acquired an intangible asset from 2UNITE Co. during the year. Which of the
following costs should be included as initial cost of the intangible asset purchased?
a. costs of training Mrs. Old Baket, the designated employee to operate the newly acquired
asset
b. allocation of administration and other general overhead costs
c.rebates on the invoice price not taken d.
non-refundable sales taxes paid on the purchase
22. SVELTE Co. acquired an intangible asset from SLENDER Co. during the year. All of the
following costs incurred by Svelte related to the newly acquired asset should be expensed
immediately, except
a. initial operating losses incurred while demand for the asset’s output builds up
b. modifications to the intangible asset after it was put to the operating condition originally
intended by Svelte
c. costs incurred while the asset capable of operating in the manner intended by
management has yet to be brought into use
d. salvage proceeds from samples produced during testing
24. Which of the following provides the most reliable estimate of the fair value of an intangible
asset?
a. quoted market price in an active market
b. price in a binding sale agreement
c. present value of future cash flows
d. any of these
25. If no active market exists for an intangible asset, which of the following is
true?
I. its fair value is the amount that the entity would have paid for the asset, at the acquisition
date, in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties, on the
basis of the best information available.
II. Its fair value may be determined by discounting estimated future net cash flows from the
asset
a. True, true b. True, false c. False, true d. False, false
26. Intangible assets acquired by way of government grant may be initially recognized at
a. fair value b. nominal amount c. zero d. any of these
27. During the year, ENDEAVOR Co. received an intangible asset from 2TRY Co. in an
exchange transaction with commercial substance. Which of the following statements is true?
a. Endeavor measures the intangible asset received at the fair value of the intangible asset
given up minus cash paid
b. Endeavor recognizes gain or loss on the exchange for the difference between the fair value
of the asset received and the carrying amount of the asset received
c. If Endeavor cannot determine the fair value of the asset received, it shall measure the
intangible asset received using the fair value of the intangible asset given up.
d. Endeavor recognizes gain or loss on the exchange for the difference between the fair value
of the asset given up and the carrying amount of the asset given up, regardless of whether
cash is received or paid
28. During the year, ZENITH Co. received an intangible asset from HIGHEST POINT Co. in an
exchange transaction that lacks commercial substance. Which of the following statements is
incorrect?
a. Zenith should measure the asset received at the carrying amount of the asset given up
b. Zenith should not recognize any gain or loss on the sale unless cash is paid on the exchange
c. Zenith should measure the asset received at an amount equal to the difference between the
initial cost of the asset given up and its related accumulated amortization
d. Zenith should not recognize any gain or loss on the sale regardless of whether cash is
received or paid.
29. To assess whether an internally generated intangible asset meets the criteria for recognition,
an entity classifies the generation of the asset into research phase and development phase.
Which of the following statements is true?
a. If an entity cannot distinguish the research phase from the development phase, the entity
treats expenditures as if they were incurred in the development phase only.
b. Expenditures incurred in the research phase shall be recognized as expense when incurred.
c. An intangible asset may be recognized for expenditures incurred in research phase.
d. An in-process research and development (R&D) project acquired as part of a business
combination is expensed if a component is research.
30. Which of the following transactions may not give rise to recognition of an intangible asset?
a. HEARTY Co. acquired SINCERE Co. in a business combination. Among the items
acquired is an R&D project composed mainly of expenditures incurred by Sincere in
research phase.
b. Expenditures incurred in development phase that meet all of the conditions for recognition
as intangibleincurred
c. Expenditures asset in research phase for an invention that is highly viable
d. Registration and legal fees for a patent filed with the IPO.
31. Which of the following is included in research and development expense for a period?
a. The total cost of a building with useful life of 25 years acquired during the year to be used
in various research and development projects
b. Depreciation on a building used for research and development
c. The cost incurred during the year to ensure quality control for existing production
processes
d.The cost incurred during the year for research activities performed for another entity.
(Adapted)
35. For some purposes, assets are classified as identifiable and unidentifiable. Which of the
following is an unidentifiable asset?
a. cash in bank c.
b.patent goodwill
d. prepaid insurance
(Adapted)
36. Goodwill should properly appear on the financial statements of an entity which:
a. has purchased another entity
b. consistently operates profitably
c. consistently reports above-normal profits
d.meets all of the conditions regarding legal goodwill.
(AICPA)
38. According to PAS 38 Intangible assets, the recognition criteria for an intangible asset include
which of the following conditions?
a. It must be measured at cost
b. Its cost can be measured reliably
c. It is probable that future economic benefits will arise from its use
d. It is an integral part of the business
e. b and c
(ACCA)
39. Which of the following items qualify as an intangible asset under PAS
38? a. Advertising and promotion on the launch of a huge product.
b. College tuition fees paid to employees who decide to enroll in an executive M.B.A.
program at Harvard University while working with the company.
c. Operating losses during the initial stages of the project.
d. Legal costs paid to intellectual property lawyers to register a patent.
(Adapted)
41. The creative chief executive of a corporation who is personally responsible for numerous
inventions and innovations is not reported as an asset on the corporation's statement of
financial position. The accounting principle/guideline that prevents the corporation for
reporting this person as an asset is
a. Conservatism b. Cost c. Going concern d. Materiality
(AICPA)
42. What is the proper time or time period over which to match the cost of an intangible asset
with revenues if it is likely that the benefit of the asset will last for an indefinite period?
a. Forty years
b. Fifty years
c. Immediately
d. At such time as reduction in value can be quantitatively determined.
(AICPA)
45. Which of the following incorrectly relate(s) to accounting for long-lived assets?
I. Goodwill arising from a consolidation which appears among the assets on the consolidated
balance sheet of a parent company and its only subsidiary shows that the subsidiary was
acquired at a price that was less than the underlying book value of its tangible assets.
II. Provisions for renewal or extension may alter a specified limit on useful life of intangible
assets thus affecting the amortization amount.
III Amortization policy on intangible assets should be continually evaluated to determine
. whether later events and circumstances necessitate revision of estimates of useful lives.
IV. Costs to develop a product or process to be patented may form part of the costs of patents.
V. To be consistent, amortization policy of intangible assets should not be evaluated often
even if later events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives.
a. IV, V b. II, III c. II, III, IV
d. I, IV, V
47. Accounting for intangible assets involves the same kind of problem as accounting for other
long-lived assets, such as:
a. accounting after acquisition (amortization)
b. accounting if the values decline substantially & permanently
c. determining an initial carrying amount
d. all of these
(AICPA)
48. Improvements to leased facilities are included under property, plant and equipment if:
Material in amount Terms extend over long period
a. no yes
b.
c. yes no
d. no
yes
yes
(AICPA) no
49. Which of the following is not a required characteristics for an item to be classified as an
intangible asset?
a. lack of physical substance
b. ownership confers some exclusive right, privilege or competitive advantage
c. estimated life should not exceed forty years
d. provide future benefits by enhancing revenues or reducing costs
(AICPA)
53. Are the following statements true or false, according to PAS 38 Intangible assets?
1) The cost of an asset should include the amount of any cash or cash equivalents paid to
acquire the asset.
2) The cost of an asset should include non-cash consideration measured at fair value.
a. False False b. False True c. True False d. True True
(ACCA)
Subsequent measurement
54. Subsequent to initial recognition, an intangible asset may be
measured
a. costusing
model or revaluation model c. cost model only
b. cost model or fair value model d. either a or b
56. Which of the following factors should not be considered in determining the useful life of an
intangible asset?
a. Legal, regulatory, or contractual provisions.
b. Expected action of competitors.
c. Provisions for renewal or extension of life.
d. Initial cost
(AICPA)
57. Which of the following is not considered in estimating the useful life of intangible assets?
a. effects of obsolescence, demand and competition
b. the salvage value of the asset
c. the service life expectancies of individuals or groups of employees
d. expected actions of competitors
(AICPA)
58. Factors considered in determining an intangible asset’s useful life include all of the
following
except
a. the expected use of the asset.
b. any legal or contractual provisions that may limit the useful life.
c. the
d. anyamortization
provisions for renewal
method or extension of the asset’s legal life
used.
(AICPA)
59. Amortization of intangible assets results primarily from the application of the:
a. matching principle c. cost principle
b. full- d. revenue principle
disclosure
(Adapted)
60. Once recognized, intangible assets can be carried at
a. Cost less accumulated amortization.
b. Cost less accumulated amortization and less accumulated impairment losses.
c. Revalued amount without deduction for accumulated amortization.
d.Cost plus a notional increase in fair value since the intangible asset is acquired.
(Adapted)
62. Which of the following methods of cost allocation cannot be used for intangible assets?
a. Declining balance c. Units of production
b. Revenue method d. Effective interest method
63. Which of the following methods of cost allocation can be used for intangible assets?
a. straight line c. units-of-production
b. revenue method d. any of these
64. Under PAS 38, the default cost allocation method for intangible assets is?
a. revenue method c. SYD
b. straight line d. no default method
65. JOCUND Co. has an intangible asset, which it estimates will have a useful life of 10 years,
while MERRY Co. has goodwill, which has an indefinite life. Which company should report
amortization in its financial statements?
JOCUND MERRY JOCUND MERRY
a. Yes c. No Ye
Yes
b. Yes No d. No s
(AICPA) N
o
66. According to PAS 38 Intangible assets, which of the following criteria are relevant in
determining the useful life of an intangible asset?
a. obsolescence d. residual value
b. amortization period e. a and c
c. expected usage
(ACCA)
68. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which of the following methods
of amortization is normally recommended for intangible assets?
a. c. units of production
SYD
b. straight-line d. double declining balance
(AICPA)
69. On January 1, 20x1, an intangible asset with a thirty-five year estimated useful life was
acquired. On January 1, 20x6, a review was made of the estimated useful life and it was
determined that the intangible asset had an estimated useful life of forty-five more years. As a
result of the review
a. The original cost at January 1, 20x6 should be amortized over a fifty-year life.
b. The original cost at January 1, 20x1 should be amortized over the remaining thirty-year
life.unamortized cost at January 1, 20x6 should be amortized over a forty-year life.
c. The
d. The unamortized cost at January 1, 20x6 should be amortized over a thirty-five year life.
(AICPA)
70. A brand name that was acquired separately should initially be recognized, according to
PAS 38
Intangible amount
a. recoverable assets, at c. fair
b.either cost or fair value at the choice of the acquirer value
d. cost
(ACCA)
71. Which of the following should be expensed as incurred on a franchise with an estimated
useful life of ten years?
a. Amount paid to the franchisor for the franchise.
b. Periodic payments to a company, other than the franchisor, for that company’s franchise.
c. Legal fees paid to the franchisee’s lawyers to obtain the franchise.
d. Periodic payments to the franchisor based on the franchisee’s revenues.
(AICPA)
72. Are the following statements true or false, according to PAS 38 Intangible assets?
1) Intangible assets acquired in a business combination should only be recognized if they
have already been recognized by the entity being acquired.
2) Intangible assets acquired in a business combination should not be recognized separately
from goodwill.
a. False False b. False True c. True False d. True True
(ACCA)
73. A change in the amortization method or amortization rate for an intangible asset is accounted
for:
a. prospectively b. retrospectively c. currentlyd. gracefully
74. Which of the following factors influence(s) the Brand strength of a company?
I. Customer loyalty
II.Statutory protection
III.Brand Management by the company
a. I, II b. I c. II d. I, II, III
76. Are the following statements true or false, according to PAS 38 Intangible assets?
1) Intangible assets cannot be treated as having an indefinite useful life.
2) Intangible assets with a finite useful life should be measured at cost and tested annually
for impairment.
a. False False b. False True c. True False d. True True
(ACCA)
77. According to PAS 38 Intangible assets, amortization of an intangible asset with a finite useful
life should commence when
a. it is first recognized as an asset
b. it is available for use
c. it is probable that it will generate future economic benefits
d.the costs can be identified with reasonable certainty
(ACCA)
78. Are each of the following factors relevant, according to PAS 38 Intangible assets, in
determining the annual amortization expense on an intangible asset?
I. The cost.
II. The amortization method.
a. Not relevant, Not relevant c. Relevant, Not relevant
b.Not relevant, Relevant d. Relevant,
(ACCA) Relevant
80. Which of the following would not be included in research and development expense for
APATHETIC Co. for current period?
a. The portion of plant assets, devoted completely to research for APATHETIC, which is
amortized in the current period.
b. The cost of materials used in conducting research for APATHETIC during the current
period.
c. Cash paid by APATHETIC to INDIFFERENT Co. for research performed by
INDIFFERENT
d. The cost of labor Co. for APATHETIC
incurred in theincurrent
by APATHETIC period.
conducting research for UNCONCERNED
Co. during the current period.
(Adapted)
81. Which of these statements about research and development expenditure are correct?
1. If certain conditions are satisfied, research and development expenditure must be
capitalized.
2. One of the conditions to be satisfied if development expenditure is to be capitalized is that
the technical feasibility of the project is reasonably assured.
3. If capitalized, development expenditure must be amortized over a period not exceeding
five years.
4. The amount of capitalized development expenditure for each project should be reviewed
each year. If circumstances no longer justify the capitalization, the balance should be
written off over a period not exceeding five years.
5. Development expenditure may only be capitalized if it can be shown that adequate
resources will be available to finance the completion of the project and all other
conditions are also met.
a. 2 and 5 b. 3, 4 and 5 c. 2, 3 and 5 d. 1, 2 and 3
(Adapted)
82. Which of the following is a true statement concerning research and development (R&D)
costs?
a. All R&D costs, without exception, must be charged to expense when incurred.
b. R&D costs can only be amortized over a life of 40 years or more.
c. Financial
d. Almost any treatment
statements is acceptable
must for R&D
disclose total handling R&D
costs costs.to expense in the period
charged
(Adapted)
83. Total research and development expense for CUNNING, Inc. would include which of the
following items:
I. Depreciation on CUNNING, Inc. property, plant and equipment used in CUNNING, Inc.'s
development projects
II. Amortization of CUNNING, Inc. patents used in CUNNING, Inc.'s research
III. Resources paid by CUNNING, Inc. for SLY Co.'s research efforts performed for
CUNNING, Inc. research and development projects
IV. CUNNING, Inc. cost of research performed for CLEVER Corporation's research and
development projects
V. CUNNING, Inc. costs of internal development efforts which culminated in a patent
granted to CUNNING, Inc.
VI. Overhead costs allocated to CUNNING Inc.’s research and development efforts which
took the place of another CUNNING, Inc. activities
VI Costs to train CUNNING, Inc. employees to run machines used in ongoing production.
I. These machines had earlier been developed by CUNNING, Inc.
a. I, II, III b. I, II, III, IV, V c. I, II, III, V, VI d. all of these
(Adapted)
84. A newly set up dot-com entity has engaged you as its financial advisor. The entity has recently
completed one of its highly publicized research and development projects and seeks your
advice on the accuracy of the following statements made by one of its stakeholders. Which
one is it?
a. Costs incurred during the “research phase” can be capitalized.
b. Costs incurred during the “development phase” can be capitalized if criteria such as
technical feasibility of the project being established are met.
c. Training costs of technicians used in research can be capitalized.
d.Designing of jigs and tools qualify as research activities.
(Adapted)
85. Which of the following is an example of activities that would typically be excluded in
research and development costs?
a. Design, construction, and testing of preproduction prototypes and modes.
b. Laboratory research aimed at discovery of new knowledge.
c. Quality control during commercial production, including routine testing of products.
d. Testing in search for, or evaluation of, product or process alternatives.
(AICPA)
89. Which of the following research and development related costs should be capitalized and
amortized over current and future periods?
a. Research and development general laboratory building which can be put to alternative
uses in the future
b. Inventory used for a specific research project
c. Administrative salaries allocated to research and development
d. Research findings purchased from another company to aid a particular research project
currently in process
(AICPA)
90. Which of the following principles best describes the current method of accounting for
research and development costs?
a. Associating cause and effect
b. Systematic and rational allocation
c. Income tax minimization
d. Immediate recognition as an expense
(AICPA)
91. How should research and development costs be accounted for, according to PAS 38?
a. Must be capitalized when incurred and then amortized over their estimated useful lives.
b. Must be expensed in the period incurred.
c. May be either capitalized or expensed when incurred, depending upon the materiality of
the amounts involved.
d. Must be expensed in the period incurred unless development costs incurred qualify under
the recognition criteria set forth under PAS 38.
92. Which of the following costs should be excluded from research and development expense?
a. Modification of the design of a product
b. Acquisition of R & D equipment for use on a current project only
c. Cost of marketing research for a new product
d. Engineering activity required to advance the design of a product to the manufacturing stage
(AICPA)
94. What is the proper time or time period over which to match the cost of an intangible asset
with revenues if it is likely that the benefit of the asset will last for a determinate but very
long period of time?
a. Forty years.
b. Fifty years.
c. Shorter of legal life and useful life
d. At such time as diminution in value can be quantitatively determined.
(Adapted)
95. How should research and development costs be accounted for according
to current standards?
a. Must
b. Mustbebeexpensed
capitalized when
in the incurred
period and then
incurred amortized
unless over their
contractually reimbursable.
estimated
c. May useful
be either lives. or expensed, when incurred, depending upon the facts
capitalized
d. Must be expensed in the period incurred unless it can be clearly demonstrated that the
research expenditure will have significant future benefits.
(AICPA)
96. The current trend in the accounting treatment for research and development costs is to
a. Capitalize all costs as assets when incurred and amortize when revenue are earned.
b. Treat all costs as current expenses as incurred.
c. Capitalize selectively, and predetermine the conditions that would require capitalization as
well as those that would be written off as current expenses.
d. Accumulate all costs in a special intangible asset account until a determination can made
as to the degree of future benefits.
(AICPA)
97. Research and development costs, under prevailing practice, may be accounted for as follows:
a. Research and development costs related to successful projects should be capitalized;
others expensed.
b. Research and development costs related to unsuccessful projects should be capitalized;
others expensed.
c. Research and development costs should be expensed as incurred.
d. Research and development costs should be allocated between successful and unsuccessful
projects.
e. Research and development costs, whether related to successful or unsuccessful projects,
should be capitalized.
(AICPA)
98. An activity that would be expensed currently as research and development costs is the
a. Testing in search for or evaluation of product or process alternatives.
b. Adaptation of an existing capability to a particular requirement or customer’s need as a
part of continuing commercial activity.
c. Legal work in connection with patent applications or litigation, and the sale or licensing of
patents.
d.Engineering follow-through in an early phase of commercial production.
(AICPA)
103. According to PAS 38, which of the following is true for an acquiring company in connection
with in-process research and development held by an acquired company at the date of
acquisition?
f. The amount that has been spent on these projects is expensed, but any value in the project
in excess of the amount spent is capitalized by the acquiring company.
b. The value of in-process research and development is capitalized because the acquiring
company has a clear vision of its
value.
c. In-process research and development is still research and development and the value is
always expensed by the acquiring company.
d. The value of in-process research and development is expensed unless it has a direct
connection with a product or asset owned by the acquiring company.
(Adapted)
104. AJAR Airline purchased airline gate rights at SLIGHTLY OPEN International Airport for
₱2,000,000 with a legal life of five years. However, AJAR has the ability and right to extend
the rights every ten years for an indefinite period of time. Over what period of time should
AJAR amortize the gate rights?
a. 5 years. c. 40 years.
b. 15 years d. The rights should not be amortized.
(AICPA)
105. The following statements relate to accounting for intangible assets. Choose the
incorrect statement.
a. Because it has an indefinite life, a trademark need not be amortized.
b. If a company purchases a competing patent to ensure revenue-generating capability of a
previously owned patent, the cost of the purchased patent should be expensed at the time
of purchase.
c. The process of assigning the cost of an intangible asset to operations in a systematic and
rational manner is called amortization.
d. Goodwill may represent the excess of the cost of an acquired company over the sum of
the fair values assigned to identifiable assets acquired less liabilities assumed.
106. Consider the following statements and state whether they are correctly stated or not.
I. Goodwill is recorded by accountants only if it is purchased.
II. A copyright’s legal life is 30 years and it gives its owner protection against writings and
literary productions being reproduced illegally.
a. I b. II c. I and II d. neither I nor II
107.A patent purchased from another entity which had held it for 3 years should be amortized
over
a. the asset’s remaining useful life, not to exceed 37
b. any number not to exceed to 40
c. 17 years
d. the asset’s remaining useful life, not to exceed 17
(Adapted)
108. Which of the following intangible assets should be amortized over the periods of
estimated benefit?
a. research and development costs related to a successful product
b. goodwill arising from the purchase of an existing business
c. costs incurred in organizing a corporation
d. patent right purchased from an inventor
(AICPA)
109. In a case of a patent infringement suit, the suit may be either successful or lost. The
results of the legal decision are accounted for as follows:
a. if successful, debit the cost of the lawsuit to patent expense.
b. if lost, debit the cost of the lawsuit to extraordinary loss.
c. if lost, write the balance in the patent account.
d. after recognizing the results of the lawsuit as an expense, amortize the remaining balance
in the patent occur over its remaining economic life.
(Adapted)
111. A
corporation which
a. expense currently the costs of all suits.
incurs costs in
defending a patent in
an infringement suit
should:
b. capitalize only the costs of unsuccessful suits.
c. capitalize only the costs of successful suits.
d.capitalize the cost of all such suits.
(Adapted)
112.Should the following fees associated with the registration of an internally developed patent
be capitalized? (Item#1) Legal fees; (Item#2) Registration fees
a. No, No b. No, Yes c. Yes, No d. Yes, Yes
(AICPA)
114. Which of the following amounts incurred in connection with a trademark should be
capitalized?
Cost of successful defense Registration fees
a. no
yes
b. yes no
c. no no
d.
(AICP yes yes
A)
115. Which of the following should not be capitalized as part of the cost of an internally
developed patent?
a. costs to develop the product or process to be patented
b. patent registration fees
c. legal fees incurred in successfully defending a patent infringement suit.
d. legal fees associated with registration of the patent
e. a and c
(AICPA)
116. The cost of purchasing patent rights for a product that might otherwise have seriously
competed with one of the purchaser's patented products should be
a. charged off in the current period.
b. amortized over the legal life of the purchased patent.
c. added to factory overhead and allocated to production of the purchaser's product.
d. amortized over the remaining estimated life of the original patent covering the product
whose market would have been impaired by competition from the newly patented
product.
(AICPA)
117. Inventor Corporation was granted a patent on a product on January 1, 20x1. To protect its
patent, the corporation purchased on January 1, 2x10 a patent on a competing product which
was originally issued on January 10, 20x6. Because of its unique plant, Inventor
Corporation
does not feel the competing patent can be used in producing a product. The cost of the
competing patent should be
a. amortized over a maximum period of 20 years.
b. amortized over a maximum period of 16 years.
c. amortized over a maximum period of 11 years.
d. expensed in 2x10.
(AICPA)
118. Plaintiff, Inc. went to court this year and successfully defended its patent from
infringement by a competitor. The cost of this defense should be charged to
a. patents and amortized over the legal life of the patent.
b. legal fees and amortized over 5 years or less.
c. expenses of the period.
d. patents and amortized over the remaining useful life of the patent.
(AICPA)
120.
Which of the
a. Copyrights c. Perpetual franchises
following
b.Customer lists d. No answer
intangible
(AICPA)
assets
121. should
Under current PFRSs, when a patent is amortized, the credit is made to
not a.be the patent account.
amortized?
b. an accumulated amortization account.
c. a deferred credit account.
d.an expense account.
(Adapted)
128. If a business purchased a new computer system software which forms an integral part
of a machine, the account to be debited is
a. machine c. intangible asset
b. computer building d. Bill
Gates
129.OUTLANDISH and STRANGE are rival firms which are similar in size and scope of
operations. OUTLANDISH has decided not to capitalize but expense software development
costs in Year 1. STRANGE on the other hand, has decided to capitalize a similar amount of
development costs, to be amortized over 5 years. Which of the following is/are true over the
next 5 years?
I. STRANGE will show higher equity than OUTLANDISH
II. The difference in STRANGE's assets and OUTLANDISH's assets will be lower in Year 3
than in Year 2.
III. The total tax deductions due to the development costs are equal for the two firms.
IV. After technological feasibility, all software development costs can be capitalized under
PAS 38.
a. III only b. II & III c. I & II d. I, II, III, IV
130.a. drilling
Whichcosts
of thefor
following
oil wellscosts can be capitalized?
b. public relations costs to develop goodwill
c. research and development
d. internally developed brand
131. Accounting rules differentiate research and development activities from activities not
considered research and development. Which one of the following is not considered a
research and development activity?
a. Periodic design changes to existing products.
b. Testing in search of product processing alternatives.
c. Modification of the design of a process.
d. Laboratory research intended for the discovery of a new product.
132. On January 1, 20x1, Joca purchased equipment for use in developing a new product. Joca
uses the straight-line depreciation method. The equipment could provide benefits over a 10-
year period. However, the new product development is expected to take five years, and the
equipment can be used only for this project. Joca 's 20x1 expense equals:
a. The total cost of the equipment.
b. One-fifth of the cost of the equipment.
c. One-tenth of the cost of the equipment.
d.Zero.
(AICPA)
Disclosures
133.
Which of
the
following
disclosures
d. Fair value of similar intangible assets used by its competitors.
is not
(Adapted)
required by
PAS
134. 38?All of the following are required disclosures for intangible assets except
e.
a. Usef
Whether the useful lives are indefinite or finite and, if finite, the useful lives or the
ul
amortization rates used
lives
b. Amortization methods used for intangible assets with finite useful lives
of
c. Gross carrying amount and any accumulated amortization (aggregated with accumulated
the
impairment losses) at the beginning and end of the period
d. intan
A reconciliation of the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period showing
gible
increases and decreases to intangible assets and related accumulated amortization and
asset
accumulated impairment loss.
s. carrying amount of intangible assets. Accumulated amortization is not required to be
e. Net
f. Reco
disclosed because periodic amortization is deducted directly from the related asset
ncili
account.
ation
of
carry
ing Chapter 21
amo
unt Impairment of Assets
at
Chapterthe 21: Theory of Accounts Reviewer
begi
1. PAS 36 applies to which of the following assets?
nnin
a. Inventories. c. Assets held for sale.
g
b Financial assets. d. Property, plant, and equipment.
and
the
2. PAS 36 Impairment of assets should be applied in accounting for the impairment of which of
end
the following types of asset?
of
a. Assets arising from construction contracts
the
b. Non-current assets held for sale
year.
c. Investment properties measured at fair value
g. Cont
d. Non-current
ractu assets measured at cost
al
3. PAScom 36 applies to all of the following assets, except
a. Intangible
mitm assets
b. Property,
ents plant and equipment measured under revaluation surplus
c. Investment
for property measured at fair value
d. Investment
the in associates
acqu
4. Which of the following conditions must exist in order for an impairment loss to be
isitio
recognized?
n of
I. The intancarrying amount of the long-lived asset is less than its fair value.
II. The giblecarrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable.
a. I asset
only. b. II only. c. Both I and II. d. Neither I nor II.
s.
(Adapted)
6. Estimates of future cash flows would normally cover projections over a maximum of:
a.eight years b. 12 years c. five years d. 20 years
(ACCA)
7. When deciding upon the discount rate to be used, which factors should not be taken into
account?
a. Risks specific to the asset which future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted
b. Corporate lending rates
c. Cost of capital
d. Risks which relate to the asset for which future cash flow estimates have been adjusted
(ACCA)
12. If there is no reason to believe that an asset’s value in use materially exceeds its fair value less
costs of disposal
a. the asset is not impaired
b. there is no need to compute for carrying amount
c. the recoverable amount is the value in use
d. there is no need to determine future cash flows
14. Goodwill should be tested for value impairment at which of the following
levels?
a. Each identifiable
b. long-term asset. c.d.Each
reporting unit. acquisition
Entire unit.
business as a whole.
(AICPA)
15. After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the cash-generating
unit shall be its new accounting basis. Which of the following statements about subsequent
reversal of a previously recognized impairment loss is correct?
a. It is prohibited to reverse impairment loss on goodwill allocated to a cash-generating unit
b. It is required when the reversal is considered permanent.
c. It must be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.
d.It is encouraged, but not required.
(AICPA)
16. Property, plant, and equipment must be reviewed for impairment when which of the following
events occurs?
a. A significant change in the asset's estimated useful life occurs
b. The costs of constructing the asset are less than the budgeted amount
c. A current period operating loss occurs
d. Investing activities produce a negative cash flow
(Adapted)
20. A loss on impairment of an intangible asset is the difference between the asset’s
a. carrying amount and the present value of expected future net cash flows.
b. carrying amount and its fair value less costs of disposal.
c. fair value and the expected future net cash flows.
d. recoverable amount and carrying amount
21. If the fair value less costs of disposal cannot be determined
a. The asset is not impaired.
b. The recoverable amount is the value-in-use.
c. The net realizable value is used.
d.The carrying value of the asset remains the same.
(Adapted)
24. When calculating the estimates of future cash flows, which of the following cash flows
should not be included?
a. Cash flows from disposal.
b. Income tax payments.
c. Cash flows from the sale of assets produced by the asset.
d.Cash outflows on the maintenance of the asset.
(Adapted)
25. An impairment loss that relates to an asset that has been revalued upwards should be
recognized in
a. Profit or loss.
b. Revaluation surplus that relates to the revalued asset.
c. Opening retained profits.
d.Any reserve in equity.
(Adapted)
27. Where part of the cash-generating unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the
element disposed of
a. Shall be written off to the income statement entirely.
b. Shall not be included in the calculation of gain or loss on disposal.
c. Shall be included in the calculation of gain or loss on disposal.
d. Shall be written off against retained profits.
(Adapted)
28. When impairment testing a cash-generating unit, any corporate assets, such as the head office
business or computer equipment, should
a. Be allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis.
b. Be separately impairment tested.
c. Be included in the head office assets or parent’s assets and impairment tested along with
that cash-generating unit.
d.Not be allocated to cash-generating units.
(Adapted)
29. When allocating an impairment loss, such a loss should reduce the carrying amount of which
asset first?
a. Property, plant, and equipment. c.
b.Intangible assets. Goodwill.
d. Current assets.
(Adapted)
31. Is an entity required to perform the impairment test of goodwill specifically at the end of the
reporting period?
a. Yes, performing impairment testing during the period increases the risk that all
information existing at the reporting date may not be considered.
b. No, the entity can perform impairment testing any time during the year for as long as the
interval between each impairment testing should not exceed one year.
c. No, the entity can perform impairment testing any time during the year for as long as the
interval between each impairment testing should not fall below one year.
d. Yes, however, if there is any indication of impairment during the year, the entity should
not defer the testing to the end of reporting period.
32. Under PAS 36 Impairment of assets, which of the following statements best describes 'value in
use'?
a. The present value of estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing
use of an asset and from its ultimate disposal
b. The amount of cash or cash equivalents that could currently be obtained by selling an
asset in an orderly disposal
c. The net amount which an entity expects to obtain for an asset at the end of its useful life
d. The amount at which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable, willing parties
in an arm's length transaction
33. Under PAS 36 Impairment of assets, which of the following terms best describes the higher of
an asset's fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use?
a. Recoverable amount c. Depreciable amount
b. Revalued amount d. Carrying amount
34. Under PAS36 Impairment of assets, are the following statements relating to an active market
true or false?
(1) Willing buyers and sellers are usually found.
(2) Prices are available to the public.
a. False, False b. False, True c. True, False d. True, True (ACCA)
35. Under PAS36 Impairment of assets, which of the following statements best describes the term
'impairment loss'?
a. The removal of an asset from an entity's statement of financial position
b. The amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount
c. The systematic allocation of an asset's cost less residual value over its useful life
d.The amount by which the recoverable amount of an asset exceeds its carrying amount
(ACCA)
36. According to PAS36 Impairment of assets, which of the following are relevant in determining
a non-current asset's 'value in use'?
I. The expected future cash flows from the asset
II The carrying amount of the asset
. The future annual depreciation expense in respect of the asset
III The time value of money
. b. II, III, IV c. I, IV d. I, II,
IV IV
.
37. An entity is considering whether to apply an impairment test to an individual asset or to the
a. I,cash-generating
II, unit to which that asset belongs. Are the following statements true or false,
III according to PAS36 Impairment of assets?
I. If the individual asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those
from other assets, then the cash-generating unit should be identified.
II. If the individual asset generates an insignificant proportion of the cash inflows of the
entity as a whole, then the cash-generating unit should not be identified.
a. False, False b. False, True c. True, False d. True, True
(ACCA)
38. The HAVOC DEVASTATION Co. has determined that it needs to recognize an impairment
loss on each of two non-current assets; plant and land. The relevant amounts are as follows:
Plant Land
Original cost ₱700,000 ₱1,400,000
Previous revaluations Ni ₱ 450,000
Existing carrying amount l ₱700,000 ₱1,850,000
Impairment loss to be recognized
in year ₱200,000 ₱ 300,000
According to PAS36 Impairment of assets, how should each of the impairment losses be
recognized?
Plant
a. In profit or loss Land
b. In profit or loss In profit or
other comprehensive income
c. In other comprehensive income loss
In profit or loss
c. In other comprehensive income In other comprehensive income
(ACCA)
39. On January 1, 20x2 AMIABLE FRIENDLY Company acquired a non-current asset with an
estimated useful life of 8 years for ₱320,000. Non-current assets are accounted for under the
cost model and depreciation is charged by the straight-line method.
On January 1, 20x7 an impairment review identified an impairment loss of ₱10,000 and the
remaining useful life was revised to four years. Are the following statements true or false,
according to PAS 36 Impairment of assets?
(1)Future depreciation expenses should be measured by reference to the carrying amount after
deducting the impairment loss.
(2)Future depreciation expenses should be measured by reference to the new estimate of the
remaining useful life.
a. False, b. False, c. True, d. True, True
False True False
(ACCA)
40. In testing a cash generating unit (CGU) for impairment the bottom-up test means that
a. Goodwill can be allocated to the CGU and an impairment loss has occurred if the
recoverable amount of the CGU’s less than the carrying amount, plus the allocated
goodwill
.
b. Goodwill can be allocated to the CGU’s and an impairment loss occurred if the
recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, excluding the allocated
goodwill
c. Goodwill can be allocated to the COG and an impairment loss has occurred if the
recoverable amount of the CGU is more than the carrying amount.
d. Goodwill can be allocated to the CGU and an impairment loss has occurred if the
recoverable amount of the CGU is more than its carrying amount.
(Adapted)
42. Which of the following analysis on asset impairment is most likely to have been made by a
CPA? (where: RA = recoverable amount; FVLCS = fair value less costs of disposal; VIN =
value in use; CA = carrying amount; IL = impairment loss)
a. if “FVLCS > CA,” then, “IL = 0”
b. if “FVLCS < VIN,” then, IL = > 0”
c. if “FVLCS > VIN,” then, “RA = FVLCS,” now, if “CA > RA,” then “IL =
RA
d. if–“FVLCS
CA” > VIN,” then, “RA = VIN,” now, if “CA < RA,” then “IL = RA – CA”
43. Ampersand “&” Co. determines that a printing press used in its operations has suffered a
permanent impairment in value because of technological changes. An entry to record the
impairment should
a. recognize an extraordinary loss for the period
b. include a credit to the equipment accumulated depreciation account
c. include a credit to the equipment account
d.not be made if the equipment is still being used.
(AICPA)